US20200283605A9 - Dilution index - Google Patents

Dilution index Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20200283605A9
US20200283605A9 US16/385,211 US201916385211A US2020283605A9 US 20200283605 A9 US20200283605 A9 US 20200283605A9 US 201916385211 A US201916385211 A US 201916385211A US 2020283605 A9 US2020283605 A9 US 2020283605A9
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
ethylene interpolymer
cases
ethylene
metal
catalyst
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
US16/385,211
Other versions
US20190241724A1 (en
US10954365B2 (en
Inventor
Brian Molloy
Shivendra Goyal
Stephen Salomons
Fazle Sibtain
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Nova Chemicals International SA
Original Assignee
Nova Chemicals International SA
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US16/010,542 external-priority patent/US10577491B2/en
Application filed by Nova Chemicals International SA filed Critical Nova Chemicals International SA
Priority to US16/385,211 priority Critical patent/US10954365B2/en
Assigned to NOVA CHEMICALS (INTERNATIONAL) S.A. reassignment NOVA CHEMICALS (INTERNATIONAL) S.A. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: SALOMONS, Stephen, MOLLOY, BRIAN, GOYAL, Shivendra, SIBTAIN, FAZLE
Publication of US20190241724A1 publication Critical patent/US20190241724A1/en
Publication of US20200283605A9 publication Critical patent/US20200283605A9/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US10954365B2 publication Critical patent/US10954365B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Adjusted expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/12Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F210/00Copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond
    • C08F210/16Copolymers of ethene with alpha-alkenes, e.g. EP rubbers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C41/00Shaping by coating a mould, core or other substrate, i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C41/02Shaping by coating a mould, core or other substrate, i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article; Apparatus therefor for making articles of definite length, i.e. discrete articles
    • B29C41/04Rotational or centrifugal casting, i.e. coating the inside of a mould by rotating the mould
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C41/00Shaping by coating a mould, core or other substrate, i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C41/02Shaping by coating a mould, core or other substrate, i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article; Apparatus therefor for making articles of definite length, i.e. discrete articles
    • B29C41/22Making multilayered or multicoloured articles
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/06Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B27/08Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/32Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyolefins
    • B32B27/327Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyolefins comprising polyolefins obtained by a metallocene or single-site catalyst
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/34Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyamides
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B3/00Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form
    • B32B3/26Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer
    • B32B3/266Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer characterised by an apertured layer, the apertures going through the whole thickness of the layer, e.g. expanded metal, perforated layer, slit layer regular cells B32B3/12
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/001Multistage polymerisation processes characterised by a change in reactor conditions without deactivating the intermediate polymer
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/04Polymerisation in solution
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/04Polymerisation in solution
    • C08F2/06Organic solvent
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/38Polymerisation using regulators, e.g. chain terminating agents, e.g. telomerisation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F4/00Polymerisation catalysts
    • C08F4/42Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors
    • C08F4/44Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides
    • C08F4/60Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides together with refractory metals, iron group metals, platinum group metals, manganese, rhenium technetium or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/62Refractory metals or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/64Titanium, zirconium, hafnium or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/65Pretreating the metal or compound covered by group C08F4/64 before the final contacting with the metal or compound covered by group C08F4/44
    • C08F4/652Pretreating with metals or metal-containing compounds
    • C08F4/655Pretreating with metals or metal-containing compounds with aluminium or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/6555Pretreating with metals or metal-containing compounds with aluminium or compounds thereof and magnesium or compounds thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F4/00Polymerisation catalysts
    • C08F4/42Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors
    • C08F4/44Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides
    • C08F4/60Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides together with refractory metals, iron group metals, platinum group metals, manganese, rhenium technetium or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/62Refractory metals or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/64Titanium, zirconium, hafnium or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/65Pretreating the metal or compound covered by group C08F4/64 before the final contacting with the metal or compound covered by group C08F4/44
    • C08F4/652Pretreating with metals or metal-containing compounds
    • C08F4/658Pretreating with metals or metal-containing compounds with metals or metal-containing compounds, not provided for in a single group of groups C08F4/653 - C08F4/657
    • C08F4/6583Pretreating with metals or metal-containing compounds with metals or metal-containing compounds, not provided for in a single group of groups C08F4/653 - C08F4/657 and magnesium or compounds thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F4/00Polymerisation catalysts
    • C08F4/42Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors
    • C08F4/44Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides
    • C08F4/60Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides together with refractory metals, iron group metals, platinum group metals, manganese, rhenium technetium or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/62Refractory metals or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/64Titanium, zirconium, hafnium or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/65Pretreating the metal or compound covered by group C08F4/64 before the final contacting with the metal or compound covered by group C08F4/44
    • C08F4/652Pretreating with metals or metal-containing compounds
    • C08F4/658Pretreating with metals or metal-containing compounds with metals or metal-containing compounds, not provided for in a single group of groups C08F4/653 - C08F4/657
    • C08F4/6585Pretreating with metals or metal-containing compounds with metals or metal-containing compounds, not provided for in a single group of groups C08F4/653 - C08F4/657 and aluminium or compounds thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F4/00Polymerisation catalysts
    • C08F4/42Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors
    • C08F4/44Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides
    • C08F4/60Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides together with refractory metals, iron group metals, platinum group metals, manganese, rhenium technetium or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/62Refractory metals or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/64Titanium, zirconium, hafnium or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/659Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond
    • C08F4/65904Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond in combination with another component of C08F4/64
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F4/00Polymerisation catalysts
    • C08F4/42Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors
    • C08F4/44Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides
    • C08F4/60Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides together with refractory metals, iron group metals, platinum group metals, manganese, rhenium technetium or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/62Refractory metals or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/64Titanium, zirconium, hafnium or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/659Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond
    • C08F4/6592Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond containing at least one cyclopentadienyl ring, condensed or not, e.g. an indenyl or a fluorenyl ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F6/00Post-polymerisation treatments
    • C08F6/06Treatment of polymer solutions
    • C08F6/12Separation of polymers from solutions
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/04Oxygen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/09Carboxylic acids; Metal salts thereof; Anhydrides thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L23/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L23/02Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after-treatment
    • C08L23/04Homopolymers or copolymers of ethene
    • C08L23/08Copolymers of ethene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L23/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L23/02Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after-treatment
    • C08L23/04Homopolymers or copolymers of ethene
    • C08L23/08Copolymers of ethene
    • C08L23/0807Copolymers of ethene with unsaturated hydrocarbons only containing more than three carbon atoms
    • C08L23/0815Copolymers of ethene with aliphatic 1-olefins
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L23/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L23/02Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after-treatment
    • C08L23/10Homopolymers or copolymers of propene
    • C08L23/14Copolymers of propene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L23/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L23/02Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after-treatment
    • C08L23/18Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons having four or more carbon atoms
    • C08L23/20Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons having four or more carbon atoms having four to nine carbon atoms
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29KINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
    • B29K2023/00Use of polyalkenes or derivatives thereof as moulding material
    • B29K2023/04Polymers of ethylene
    • B29K2023/08Copolymers of ethylene
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29KINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
    • B29K2105/00Condition, form or state of moulded material or of the material to be shaped
    • B29K2105/0058Liquid or visquous
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29KINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
    • B29K2105/00Condition, form or state of moulded material or of the material to be shaped
    • B29K2105/0085Copolymers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29KINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
    • B29K2105/00Condition, form or state of moulded material or of the material to be shaped
    • B29K2105/0094Condition, form or state of moulded material or of the material to be shaped having particular viscosity
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29KINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
    • B29K2905/00Use of metals, their alloys or their compounds, as mould material
    • B29K2905/02Aluminium
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29KINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
    • B29K2995/00Properties of moulding materials, reinforcements, fillers, preformed parts or moulds
    • B29K2995/0037Other properties
    • B29K2995/0063Density
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29KINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
    • B29K2995/00Properties of moulding materials, reinforcements, fillers, preformed parts or moulds
    • B29K2995/0037Other properties
    • B29K2995/0088Molecular weight
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/70Other properties
    • B32B2307/726Permeability to liquids, absorption
    • B32B2307/7265Non-permeable
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2439/00Containers; Receptacles
    • B32B2439/40Closed containers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F210/00Copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond
    • C08F210/14Monomers containing five or more carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2410/00Features related to the catalyst preparation, the catalyst use or to the deactivation of the catalyst
    • C08F2410/08Presence of a deactivator
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2420/00Metallocene catalysts
    • C08F2420/01Cp or analog bridged to a non-Cp X neutral donor
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2420/00Metallocene catalysts
    • C08F2420/04Cp or analog not bridged to a non-Cp X ancillary anionic donor
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2500/00Characteristics or properties of obtained polyolefins; Use thereof
    • C08F2500/03Narrow molecular weight distribution, i.e. Mw/Mn < 3
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2500/00Characteristics or properties of obtained polyolefins; Use thereof
    • C08F2500/09Long chain branches
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2500/00Characteristics or properties of obtained polyolefins; Use thereof
    • C08F2500/11Melt tension or melt strength
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2500/00Characteristics or properties of obtained polyolefins; Use thereof
    • C08F2500/12Melt flow index or melt flow ratio
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2500/00Characteristics or properties of obtained polyolefins; Use thereof
    • C08F2500/13Environmental stress cracking resistance
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2500/00Characteristics or properties of obtained polyolefins; Use thereof
    • C08F2500/17Viscosity
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2500/00Characteristics or properties of obtained polyolefins; Use thereof
    • C08F2500/18Bulk density
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2500/00Characteristics or properties of obtained polyolefins; Use thereof
    • C08F2500/26Use as polymer for film forming
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F4/00Polymerisation catalysts
    • C08F4/42Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors
    • C08F4/44Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides
    • C08F4/60Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides together with refractory metals, iron group metals, platinum group metals, manganese, rhenium technetium or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/62Refractory metals or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/64Titanium, zirconium, hafnium or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/659Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond
    • C08F4/65908Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond in combination with an ionising compound other than alumoxane, e.g. (C6F5)4B-X+
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F4/00Polymerisation catalysts
    • C08F4/42Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors
    • C08F4/44Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides
    • C08F4/60Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides together with refractory metals, iron group metals, platinum group metals, manganese, rhenium technetium or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/62Refractory metals or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/64Titanium, zirconium, hafnium or compounds thereof
    • C08F4/659Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond
    • C08F4/65912Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond in combination with an organoaluminium compound
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2323/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2323/02Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after treatment
    • C08J2323/04Homopolymers or copolymers of ethene
    • C08J2323/06Polyethene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2323/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2323/02Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after treatment
    • C08J2323/04Homopolymers or copolymers of ethene
    • C08J2323/08Copolymers of ethene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2323/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2323/02Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after treatment
    • C08J2323/18Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons having four or more carbon atoms
    • C08J2323/20Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons having four or more carbon atoms having four to nine carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2323/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2323/02Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after treatment
    • C08J2323/18Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons having four or more carbon atoms
    • C08J2323/24Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons having four or more carbon atoms having ten or more carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2423/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2423/02Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after treatment
    • C08J2423/04Homopolymers or copolymers of ethene
    • C08J2423/08Copolymers of ethene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2423/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2423/02Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after treatment
    • C08J2423/18Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons having four or more carbon atoms
    • C08J2423/20Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons having four or more carbon atoms having four to nine carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2423/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2423/02Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after treatment
    • C08J2423/18Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons having four or more carbon atoms
    • C08J2423/24Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons having four or more carbon atoms having ten or more carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L2203/00Applications
    • C08L2203/10Applications used for bottles
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L2203/00Applications
    • C08L2203/16Applications used for films
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L2205/00Polymer mixtures characterised by other features
    • C08L2205/02Polymer mixtures characterised by other features containing two or more polymers of the same C08L -group
    • C08L2205/025Polymer mixtures characterised by other features containing two or more polymers of the same C08L -group containing two or more polymers of the same hierarchy C08L, and differing only in parameters such as density, comonomer content, molecular weight, structure
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L2205/00Polymer mixtures characterised by other features
    • C08L2205/03Polymer mixtures characterised by other features containing three or more polymers in a blend
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L2205/00Polymer mixtures characterised by other features
    • C08L2205/03Polymer mixtures characterised by other features containing three or more polymers in a blend
    • C08L2205/035Polymer mixtures characterised by other features containing three or more polymers in a blend containing four or more polymers in a blend
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L2205/00Polymer mixtures characterised by other features
    • C08L2205/06Polymer mixtures characterised by other features having improved processability or containing aids for moulding methods
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L2314/00Polymer mixtures characterised by way of preparation
    • C08L2314/02Ziegler natta catalyst
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L2314/00Polymer mixtures characterised by way of preparation
    • C08L2314/06Metallocene or single site catalysts

Definitions

  • This disclosure relates to ethylene interpolymer products manufactured in a continuous solution polymerization process utilizing at least two reactors employing at least one single-site catalyst formulation and at least one heterogeneous catalyst formulation to produce ethylene interpolymer products having improved properties.
  • Solution polymerization processes are typically carried out at temperatures above the melting point of the ethylene interpolymer being synthesized.
  • catalyst components, solvent, monomers and hydrogen are fed under pressure to one or more reactors.
  • reactor temperatures can range from about 80° C. to about 300° C. while pressures generally range from about 3 MPag to about 45 MPag and the ethylene interpolymer produced is dissolved in a solvent.
  • the residence time of the solvent in the reactor is relatively short, for example, from about 1 second to about 20 minutes.
  • the solution process can be operated under a wide range of process conditions that allow the production of a wide variety of ethylene interpolymers.
  • Post reactor the polymerization reaction is quenched to prevent further polymerization, by adding a catalyst deactivator, and passivated, by adding an acid scavenger. Once passivated, the polymer solution is forwarded to a polymer recovery operation where the ethylene interpolymer product is separated from process solvent, unreacted residual ethylene and unreacted optional ⁇ -olefin(s).
  • the polymer industry is in constant need of improved ethylene interpolymer products in flexible film applications, non-limiting examples include food packaging, shrink and stretch films.
  • inventive ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein have performance attributes that are advantageous in many film applications. Elaborating, relative to competitive polyethylenes of similar density and melt index, some embodiments of the disclosed ethylene interpolymers after converting into films have one or more of: higher stiffness (e.g., tensile and/or flex modulus); higher toughness properties (e.g. impact and puncture); higher heat deflection temperatures; higher Vicat softening point; improved color (WI and YI); higher melt strength, and; improved heat sealing properties (e.g., heat sealing and hot tack). These recited performance attributes are not to be construed as limiting.
  • the polymer industry is also in need of improved ethylene interpolymer products for rigid applications; non-limiting examples include containers, lids, caps and toys, etc.
  • inventive ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein have performance attributes that are advantageous in many rigid applications.
  • Elaborating, relative to competitive polyethylenes of similar density and melt index, some embodiments of the disclosed ethylene interpolymers have one or more of: higher stiffness (e.g.
  • flexural modulus e.g., ESCR, PENT, IZOD impact, arm impact, Dynatup impact or Charpy impact resistance
  • higher melt strength e.g., higher heat deflection temperature; higher Vicat softening temperatures, improved color (WI and YI), and; faster crystallization rates (recited performance attributes are not to be construed as limiting).
  • polymerization process and catalyst formulations disclosed herein allow the production of ethylene interpolymer products that can be converted into flexible or rigid manufactured articles that have a unique balance of physical properties (i.e., several end-use properties can be balanced (as desired) through multidimensional optimization); relative to comparative polyethylenes of comparable density and melt index.
  • One embodiment of this disclosure is an ethylene interpolymer product comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Y d , greater than 0.
  • One embodiment of this disclosure is an ethylene interpolymer product comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer has ⁇ 0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms.
  • One embodiment of this disclosure is an ethylene interpolymer product comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has ⁇ 3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal.
  • ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Y d , greater than 0 and ⁇ 0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms or ⁇ 3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal or a Dimensionless Modulus, X d , >0.
  • ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has ⁇ 0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms and ⁇ 3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal or a Dimensionless Modulus, X d , >0.
  • One embodiments of this disclosure includes and ethylene interpolymer product comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has ⁇ 3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal and a Dimensionless Modulus, X d , >0.
  • ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Y d , greater than 0 and ⁇ 0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms and ⁇ 3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal or a Dimensionless Modulus, X d , >0.
  • Additional embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dimensionless Modulus, X d , >0 and ⁇ 3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal and a Dilution Index, Y d , greater than 0 or ⁇ 0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms
  • One embodiment of this disclosure includes ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Y d , greater than 0, a Dimensionless Modulus, X d , >0, ⁇ 3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal and ⁇ 0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms.
  • Additional embodiments include ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index from about 0.3 to about 500 dg/minute, a density from about 0.869 to about 0.975 g/cm 3 , a M w /M n from about 2 to about 25 and a CDBI 50 from about 20% to about 98%; where melt index is measured according to ASTM D1238 (2.16 kg load and 190° C.) and density is measured according to ASTM D792.
  • ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) from about 15 to about 60 weight percent of a first ethylene interpolymer having a melt index from about 0.01 to about 200 dg/minute and a density from about 0.855 g/cm 3 to about 0.975 g/cm 3 ; (ii) from about 30 to about 85 weight percent of a second ethylene interpolymer having a melt index from about 0.3 to about 1000 dg/minute and a density from about 0.89 g/cm 3 to about 0.975 g/cm 3 , and; (iii) optionally from about 0 to about 30 weight percent of a third ethylene interpolymer having a melt index from about 0.5 to about 2000 dg/minute and a density from about 0.89 to about 0.975 g/cm 3 ; where weight percent is the weight of the first, second or third ethylene polymer divided by the weight of ethylene interpolymer product.
  • Embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products synthesized in a solution polymerization process.
  • Embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products comprising from 0 to about 10 mole percent of one or more ⁇ -olefins.
  • ethylene interpolymer products where the first ethylene interpolymer is synthesized using a single-site catalyst formulation.
  • the second ethylene interpolymer is synthesized using a first heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
  • Embodiments also include ethylene interpolymers where the third ethylene interpolymer is synthesized using a first heterogeneous catalyst formulation or a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
  • the second ethylene interpolymer may also be synthesized using a first in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation or a first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation; optionally, the third ethylene interpolymer is synthesized using the first in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation or the first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation.
  • the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be synthesized using a second in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation or a second batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation.
  • Embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products having ⁇ 1 part per million (ppm) of a metal A; where metal A originates from the single-site catalyst formulation; non-limiting examples of metal A include titanium, zirconium or hafnium.
  • ethylene interpolymer products comprising a metal B and optionally a metal C; where the total amount of metal B and metal C is from about 3 to about 11 parts per million (ppm); where metal B originates from a first heterogeneous catalyst formulation and metal C form an optional second heterogeneous catalyst formation.
  • Metals B and C are independently selected from the following non-limiting examples: titanium, zirconium, hafnium, vanadium, niobium, tantalum, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, manganese, technetium, rhenium, iron, ruthenium or osmium.
  • Additional embodiments of the ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure comprise a first ethylene interpolymer having a first M w /M n , a second ethylene interpolymer having a second M w /M n and an optional third ethylene having a third M w /M n ; where the first M w /M n is lower than the second M w /M n and the third M w /M n .
  • Embodiments include ethylene interpolymer products where the blending of the second ethylene interpolymer and the third ethylene interpolymer form an ethylene interpolymer blend having a fourth M w /M n ; where the fourth M w /M n is not broader than the second M w /M n .
  • Additional ethylene interpolymer product embodiments are characterized as having both the second M w /M n and the third M w /M n less than about 4.0.
  • Embodiments include ethylene interpolymer products where the first ethylene interpolymer has a first CDBI 50 from about 70 to about 98%, the second ethylene interpolymer has a second CDBI 50 from about 45 to about 98% and the optional third ethylene interpolymer has a third CDBI 50 from about 35 to about 98%. Additional embodiments include ethylene interpolymer products where the first CDBI 50 is higher than the second CDBI 50 ; optionally the first CDBI 50 is higher than the third CDBI 50 .
  • FIG. 1 illustrates a continuous solution polymerization process where an in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation is employed.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a continuous solution polymerization process where a batch heterogeneous catalyst formulation is employed.
  • FIG. 3 is a plot of Dilution Index (Y d ) (Y d has dimensions of degrees (°)) and Dimensionless Modulus (X d ) for:
  • FIG. 4 illustrates a typical Van Gurp Palmen (VGP) plot of phase angle [°] versus complex modulus [kPa].
  • VGP Van Gurp Palmen
  • FIG. 6 compares the amount of terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms (terminal vinyl/100 C) in the ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure (solid circles) with Comparatives B, C, E, E2, G, H, H2, I and J (open triangles).
  • FIG. 7 compares the amount of total catalytic metal (ppm) in the ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure (solid circles) with Comparatives B, C, E, E2, G, H, H2, I and J (open triangles).
  • any numerical range recited herein is intended to include all sub-ranges subsumed therein.
  • a range of “1 to 10” is intended to include all sub-ranges between and including the recited minimum value of 1 and the recited maximum value of 10; that is, having a minimum value equal to or greater than 1 and a maximum value of equal to or less than 10. Because the disclosed numerical ranges are continuous, they include every value between the minimum and maximum values. Unless expressly indicated otherwise, the various numerical ranges specified in this application are approximations.
  • compositional ranges expressed herein are limited in total to and do not exceed 100 percent (volume percent or weight percent) in practice. Where multiple components can be present in a composition, the sum of the maximum amounts of each component can exceed 100 percent, with the understanding that, and as those skilled in the art readily understand, that the amounts of the components actually used will conform to the maximum of 100 percent.
  • the term “monomer” refers to a small molecule that may chemically react and become chemically bonded with itself or other monomers to form a polymer.
  • ⁇ -olefin is used to describe a monomer having a linear hydrocarbon chain containing from 3 to 20 carbon atoms having a double bond at one end of the chain.
  • ethylene polymer refers to macromolecules produced from ethylene monomers and optionally one or more additional monomers; regardless of the specific catalyst or specific process used to make the ethylene polymer.
  • the one or more additional monomers are called “comonomer(s)” and often include ⁇ -olefins.
  • the term “homopolymer” refers to a polymer that contains only one type of monomer. Common ethylene polymers include high density polyethylene (HDPE), medium density polyethylene (MDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), very low density polyethylene (VLDPE), ultralow density polyethylene (ULDPE), plastomer and elastomers.
  • HDPE high density polyethylene
  • MDPE medium density polyethylene
  • LLDPE linear low density polyethylene
  • VLDPE very low density polyethylene
  • ULDPE ultralow density polyethylene
  • ethylene polymer also includes polymers produced in a high pressure polymerization processes; non-limiting examples include low density polyethylene (LDPE), ethylene vinyl acetate copolymers (EVA), ethylene alkyl acrylate copolymers, ethylene acrylic acid copolymers and metal salts of ethylene acrylic acid (commonly referred to as ionomers).
  • ethylene polymer also includes block copolymers which may include 2 to 4 comonomers.
  • ethylene polymer also includes combinations of, or blends of, the ethylene polymers described above.
  • ethylene interpolymer refers to a subset of polymers within the “ethylene polymer” group that excludes polymers produced in high pressure polymerization processes; non-limiting examples of polymers produced in high pressure processes include LDPE and EVA (the latter is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate).
  • heterogeneous ethylene interpolymers refers to a subset of polymers in the ethylene interpolymer group that are produced using a heterogeneous catalyst formulation; non-limiting examples of which include Ziegler-Natta or chromium catalysts.
  • homogeneous ethylene interpolymer refers to a subset of polymers in the ethylene interpolymer group that are produced using metallocene or single-site catalysts.
  • homogeneous ethylene interpolymers have narrow molecular weight distributions, for example gel permeation chromatography (GPC) M w /M n values of less than 2.8; M w and M n refer to weight and number average molecular weights, respectively.
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • M w /M n refer to weight and number average molecular weights, respectively.
  • the M w /M n of heterogeneous ethylene interpolymers are typically greater than the M w /M n of homogeneous ethylene interpolymers.
  • homogeneous ethylene interpolymers also have a narrow comonomer distribution, i.e., each macromolecule within the molecular weight distribution has a similar comonomer content.
  • composition distribution breadth index “CDBI” is used to quantify how the comonomer is distributed within an ethylene interpolymer, as well as to differentiate ethylene interpolymers produced with different catalysts or processes.
  • CDBI 50 is defined as the percent of ethylene interpolymer whose composition is within 50% of the median comonomer composition; this definition is consistent with that described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,206,075 assigned to Exxon Chemical Patents Inc.
  • the CDBI 50 of an ethylene interpolymer can be calculated from TREF curves (Temperature Rising Elution Fractionation); the TREF method is described in Wild, et al., J. Polym. Sci., Part B, Polym. Phys., Vol. 20 (3), pages 441-455.
  • the CDBI 50 of homogeneous ethylene interpolymers are greater than about 70%.
  • the CDBI 50 of ⁇ -olefin containing heterogeneous ethylene interpolymers are generally lower than the CDBI 50 of homogeneous ethylene interpolymers.
  • homogeneous ethylene interpolymers are frequently further subdivided into “linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers” and “substantially linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers”. These two subgroups differ in the amount of long chain branching: more specifically, linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers have less than about 0.01 long chain branches per 1000 carbon atoms; while substantially linear ethylene interpolymers have greater than about 0.01 to about 3.0 long chain branches per 1000 carbon atoms.
  • a long chain branch is macromolecular in nature, i.e., similar in length to the macromolecule that the long chain branch is attached to.
  • the term “homogeneous ethylene interpolymer” refers to both linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers and substantially linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers.
  • polyolefin includes ethylene polymers and propylene polymers; non-limiting examples of propylene polymers include isotactic, syndiotactic and atactic propylene homopolymers, random propylene copolymers containing at least one comonomer and impact polypropylene copolymers or heterophasic polypropylene copolymers.
  • thermoplastic refers to a polymer that becomes liquid when heated, will flow under pressure and solidify when cooled.
  • Thermoplastic polymers include ethylene polymers as well as other polymers commonly used in the plastic industry; non-limiting examples of other polymers commonly used in film applications include barrier resins (EVOH), tie resins, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyamides and the like.
  • the term “monolayer film” refers to a film containing a single layer of one or more thermoplastics.
  • hydrocarbyl refers to linear or cyclic, aliphatic, olefinic, acetylenic and aryl (aromatic) radicals comprising hydrogen and carbon that are deficient by one hydrogen.
  • an “alkyl radical” includes linear, branched and cyclic paraffin radicals that are deficient by one hydrogen radical; non-limiting examples include methyl (—CH 3 ) and ethyl ( ⁇ CH 2 CH 3 ) radicals.
  • alkenyl radical refers to linear, branched and cyclic hydrocarbons containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond that is deficient by one hydrogen radical.
  • aryl group includes phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl and other radicals whose molecules have an aromatic ring structure; non-limiting examples include naphthylene, phenanthrene and anthracene.
  • An “arylalkyl” group is an alkyl group having an aryl group pendant there from; non-limiting examples include benzyl, phenethyl and tolylmethyl; an “alkylaryl” is an aryl group having one or more alkyl groups pendant there from; non-limiting examples include tolyl, xylyl, mesityl and cumyl.
  • heteroatom includes any atom other than carbon and hydrogen that can be bound to carbon.
  • a “heteroatom-containing group” is a hydrocarbon radical that contains a heteroatom and may contain one or more of the same or different heteroatoms.
  • a heteroatom-containing group is a hydrocarbyl group containing from 1 to 3 atoms selected from the group consisting of boron, aluminum, silicon, germanium, nitrogen, phosphorous, oxygen and sulfur.
  • Non-limiting examples of heteroatom-containing groups include radicals of imines, amines, oxides, phosphines, ethers, ketones, oxoazolines heterocyclics, oxazolines, thioethers, and the like.
  • heterocyclic refers to ring systems having a carbon backbone that comprise from 1 to 3 atoms selected from the group consisting of boron, aluminum, silicon, germanium, nitrogen, phosphorous, oxygen and sulfur.
  • unsubstituted means that hydrogen radicals are bounded to the molecular group that follows the term unsubstituted.
  • substituted means that the group following this term possesses one or more moieties that have replaced one or more hydrogen radicals in any position within the group; non-limiting examples of moieties include halogen radicals (F, Cl, Br), hydroxyl groups, carbonyl groups, carboxyl groups, amine groups, phosphine groups, alkoxy groups, phenyl groups, naphthyl groups, C 1 to C 10 alkyl groups, C 2 to C 10 alkenyl groups, and combinations thereof.
  • Non-limiting examples of substituted alkyls and aryls include: acyl radicals, alkylamino radicals, alkoxy radicals, aryloxy radicals, alkylthio radicals, dialkylamino radicals, alkoxycarbonyl radicals, aryloxycarbonyl radicals, carbomoyl radicals, alkyl- and dialkyl-carbamoyl radicals, acyloxy radicals, acylamino radicals, arylamino radicals and combinations thereof.
  • R 1 and its superscript form “ R1 ” refers to a first reactor in a continuous solution polymerization process; it being understood that R 1 is distinctly different from the symbol R 1 ; the latter is used in chemical formula, e.g. representing a hydrocarbyl group.
  • R 2 and it's superscript form “ R2 ” refers to a second reactor
  • R 3 and it's superscript form “ R3 ” refers to a third reactor.
  • oligomers refers to an ethylene polymer of low molecular weight, e.g., an ethylene polymer with a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of about 2000 to 3000 daltons. Other commonly used terms for oligomers include “wax” or “grease”.
  • light-end impurities refers to chemical compounds with relatively low boiling points that may be present in the various vessels and process streams within a continuous solution polymerization process; non-limiting examples include, methane, ethane, propane, butane, nitrogen, CO 2 , chloroethane, HCl, etc.
  • Organometallic catalyst formulations that are efficient in polymerizing olefins are well known in the art.
  • at least two catalyst formulations are employed in a continuous solution polymerization process.
  • One of the catalyst formulations comprises at least one single-site catalyst formulation that produces a homogeneous first ethylene interpolymer.
  • the other catalyst formulation comprises at least one heterogeneous catalyst formulation that produces a heterogeneous second ethylene interpolymer.
  • a third ethylene interpolymer may be produced using the heterogeneous catalyst formulation that was used to produce the second ethylene interpolymer, or a different heterogeneous catalyst formulation may be used to produce the third ethylene interpolymer.
  • the at least one homogeneous ethylene interpolymer and the at least one heterogeneous ethylene interpolymer are solution blended and an ethylene interpolymer product is produced.
  • the catalyst components which make up the single site catalyst formulation are not particularly limited, i.e., a wide variety of catalyst components can be used.
  • One non-limiting embodiment of a single site catalyst formulation comprises the following three or four components: a bulky ligand-metal complex; an alumoxane co-catalyst; an ionic activator and optionally a hindered phenol.
  • “(i)” refers to the amount of “component (i)”, i.e., the bulky ligand-metal complex added to R 1 ; “(ii)” refers to “component (ii)”, i.e., the alumoxane co-catalyst; “(iii)” refers to “component (iii)” i.e., the ionic activator, and; “(iv)” refers to “component (iv)”, i.e., the optional hindered phenol.
  • Non-limiting examples of component (i) are represented by formula (I):
  • (L A ) represents a bulky ligand
  • M represents a metal atom
  • PI represents a phosphinimine ligand
  • Q represents a leaving group
  • a is 0 or 1
  • b is 1 or 2
  • (a+b) 2
  • n is 1 or 2, and; the sum of (a+b+n) equals the valance of the metal M.
  • Non-limiting examples of the bulky ligand L A in formula (I) include unsubstituted or substituted cyclopentadienyl ligands or cyclopentadienyl-type ligands, heteroatom substituted and/or heteroatom containing cyclopentadienyl-type ligands.
  • Additional non-limiting examples include, cyclopenta-phenanthreneyl ligands, unsubstituted or substituted indenyl ligands, benzindenyl ligands, unsubstituted or substituted fluorenyl ligands, octahydrofluorenyl ligands, cyclooctatetraendiyl ligands, cyclopentacyclododecene ligands, azenyl ligands, azulene ligands, pentalene ligands, phosphoyl ligands, phosphinimine, pyrrolyl ligands, pyrozolyl ligands, carbazolyl ligands, borabenzene ligands and the like, including hydrogenated versions thereof, for example tetrahydroindenyl ligands.
  • L A may be any other ligand structure capable of q-bonding to the metal M, such embodiments include both ⁇ 3 -bonding and ⁇ 5 -bonding to the metal M.
  • L A may comprise one or more heteroatoms, for example, nitrogen, silicon, boron, germanium, sulfur and phosphorous, in combination with carbon atoms to form an open, acyclic, or a fused ring, or ring system, for example, a heterocyclopentadienyl ancillary ligand.
  • L A includes bulky amides, phosphides, alkoxides, aryloxides, imides, carbolides, borollides, porphyrins, phthalocyanines, corrins and other polyazomacrocycles.
  • Non-limiting examples of metal M in formula (I) include Group 4 metals, titanium, zirconium and hafnium.
  • the phosphinimine ligand, PI is defined by formula (II):
  • R p groups are independently selected from: a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; C 1-20 hydrocarbyl radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted with one or more halogen atom(s); a C 1-8 alkoxy radical; a C 6-10 aryl radical; a C 6-10 aryloxy radical; an amido radical; a silyl radical of formula —Si(R s ) 3 , wherein the R s groups are independently selected from, a hydrogen atom, a C 1-8 alkyl or alkoxy radical, a C 6-10 aryl radical, a C 6-10 aryloxy radical, or a germanyl radical of formula —Ge(R G ) 3 , wherein the R G groups are defined as R s is defined in this paragraph.
  • the leaving group Q is any ligand that can be abstracted from formula (I) forming a catalyst species capable of polymerizing one or more olefin(s).
  • An equivalent term for Q is an “activatable ligand”, i.e., equivalent to the term “leaving group”.
  • Q is a monoanionic labile ligand having a sigma bond to M.
  • the value for n is 1 or 2 such that formula (I) represents a neutral bulky ligand-metal complex.
  • Non-limiting examples of Q ligands include a hydrogen atom, halogens, C 1-20 hydrocarbyl radicals, C 1-20 alkoxy radicals, C 5-10 aryl oxide radicals; these radicals may be linear, branched or cyclic or further substituted by halogen atoms, C 1-10 alkyl radicals, C 1-10 alkoxy radicals, C 6-10 arly or aryloxy radicals.
  • Further non-limiting examples of Q ligands include weak bases such as amines, phosphines, ethers, carboxylates, dienes, hydrocarbyl radicals having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • two Q ligands may form part of a fused ring or ring system.
  • component (i) of the single site catalyst formulation include structural, optical or enantiomeric isomers (meso and racemic isomers) and mixtures thereof of the bulky ligand-metal complexes described in formula (I) above.
  • the second single site catalyst component, component (ii) is an alumoxane co-catalyst that activates component (i) to a cationic complex.
  • An equivalent term for “alumoxane” is “aluminoxane”; although the exact structure of this co-catalyst is uncertain, subject matter experts generally agree that it is an oligomeric species that contain repeating units of the general formula (III):
  • R groups may be the same or different linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radicals containing 1 to 20 carbon atoms and n is from 0 to about 50.
  • a non-limiting example of an alumoxane is methyl aluminoxane (or MAO) wherein each R group in formula (III) is a methyl radical.
  • the third catalyst component (iii) of the single site catalyst formation is an ionic activator.
  • ionic activators are comprised of a cation and a bulky anion; wherein the latter is substantially non-coordinating.
  • Non-limiting examples of ionic activators are boron ionic activators that are four coordinate with four ligands bonded to the boron atom.
  • Non-limiting examples of boron ionic activators include the following formulas (IV) and (V) shown below;
  • R 5 is an aromatic hydrocarbyl (e.g. triphenyl methyl cation) and each R 7 is independently selected from phenyl radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted with from 3 to 5 substituents selected from fluorine atoms, C 1-4 alkyl or alkoxy radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted by fluorine atoms; and a silyl radical of formula —Si(R 9 ) 3 , where each R 9 is independently selected from hydrogen atoms and C 1-4 alkyl radicals, and; compounds of formula (V);
  • B is a boron atom
  • H is a hydrogen atom
  • Z is a nitrogen or phosphorus atom
  • t is 2 or 3
  • R 8 is selected from C 1-8 alkyl radicals, phenyl radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted by up to three C 1-4 alkyl radicals, or one R 8 taken together with the nitrogen atom may form an anilinium radical and R 7 is as defined above in formula (IV).
  • R 7 is a pentafluorophenyl radical.
  • boron ionic activators may be described as salts of tetra(perfluorophenyl) boron; non-limiting examples include anilinium, carbonium, oxonium, phosphonium and sulfonium salts of tetra(perfluoro-phenyl)boron with anilinium and trityl (or triphenylmethylium).
  • ionic activators include: triethylammonium tetra(phenyl)-boron, tripropylammonium tetra(phenyl)boron, tri(n-butyl)ammonium tetra(phenyl)boron, trimethylammonium tetra(p-tolyl)boron, trimethylammonium tetra(o-tolyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(pentafluorophenyl)boron, tripropylammonium tetra(o,p-dimethylphenyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(m,m-dimethylphenyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(p-trifluoromethylphenyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(pentafluorophenyl)boron, tri(n-butyl)am
  • the optional fourth catalyst component of the single site catalyst formation is a hindered phenol, component (iv).
  • hindered phenols include butylated phenolic antioxidants, butylated hydroxytoluene, 2,4-di-tertiarybutyl-6-ethyl phenol, 4,4′-methylenebis (2,6-di-tertiary-butylphenol), 1,3, 5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) benzene and octadecyl-3-(3′,5′-di-tert-butyl-4′-hydroxyphenyl) propionate.
  • heterogeneous catalyst formulations are well known to those skilled in the art, including, as non-limiting examples, Ziegler-Natta and chromium catalyst formulations.
  • embodiments include an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation and a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formation.
  • in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation refers to the continuous synthesis of a small quantity of active Ziegler-Natta catalyst and immediately injecting this catalyst into at least one continuously operating reactor, wherein the catalyst polymerizes ethylene and one or more optional ⁇ -olefins to form an ethylene interpolymer.
  • batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or “batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst” refer to the synthesis of a much larger quantity of catalyst or procatalyst in one or more mixing vessels that are external to, or isolated from, the continuously operating solution polymerization process.
  • the batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst, is transferred to a catalyst storage tank.
  • the term “procatalyst” refers to an inactive catalyst formulation (inactive with respect to ethylene polymerization); the procatalyst is converted into an active catalyst by adding an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst. As needed, the procatalyst is pumped from the storage tank to at least one continuously operating reactor, where an active catalyst is formed and polymerizes ethylene and one or more optional ⁇ -olefins to form an ethylene interpolymer. The procatalyst may be converted into an active catalyst in the reactor or external to the reactor.
  • a wide variety of chemical compounds can be used to synthesize an active Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation.
  • the following describes various chemical compounds that may be combined to produce an active Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation.
  • Those skilled in the art will understand that the embodiments in this disclosure are not limited to the specific chemical compound disclosed.
  • An active Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation may be formed from: a magnesium compound, a chloride compound, a metal compound, an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst and an aluminum alkyl.
  • Table 1A, 2A, 3A and 4A of this disclosure “(v)” refers to “component (v)” the magnesium compound; the term “(vi)” refers to the “component (vi)” the chloride compound; “(vii)” refers to “component (vii)” the metal compound; “(viii)” refers to “component (viii)” alkyl aluminum co-catalyst, and; “(ix)” refers to “component (ix)” the aluminum alkyl.
  • Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulations may contain additional components; a non-limiting example of an additional component is an electron donor, e.g., amines or ethers.
  • a non-limiting example of an active in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation can be prepared as follows.
  • a solution of a magnesium compound (component (v)) is reacted with a solution of the chloride compound (component (vi)) to form a magnesium chloride support suspended in solution.
  • magnesium compounds include Mg(R 1 ) 2 ; wherein the R 1 groups may be the same or different, linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radicals containing 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Non-limiting examples of chloride compounds include R 2 Cl; wherein R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, or a linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radical containing 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the solution of magnesium compound may also contain an aluminum alkyl (component (ix)).
  • aluminum alkyl include Al(R 3 ) 3 , wherein the R 3 groups may be the same or different, linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radicals containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • a solution of the metal compound (component (vii)) is added to the solution of magnesium chloride and the metal compound is supported on the magnesium chloride.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable metal compounds include M(X) n or MO(X) n ; where M represents a metal selected from Group 4 through Group 8 of the Periodic Table, or mixtures of metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8; O represents oxygen, and; X represents chloride or bromide; n is an integer from 3 to 6 that satisfies the oxidation state of the metal.
  • Additional non-limiting examples of suitable metal compounds include Group 4 to Group 8 metal alkyls, metal alkoxides (which may be prepared by reacting a metal alkyl with an alcohol) and mixed-ligand metal compounds that contain a mixture of halide, alkyl and alkoxide ligands.
  • R 4 groups may be the same or different, hydrocarbyl groups having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms;
  • the OR 5 groups may be the same or different, alkoxy or aryloxy groups wherein R 5 is a hydrocarbyl group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms bonded to oxygen;
  • Non-limiting examples of commonly used alkyl aluminum co-catalysts include trimethyl aluminum, triethyl aluminum, tributyl aluminum, dimethyl aluminum methoxide, diethyl aluminum ethoxide, dibutyl aluminum butoxide, dimethyl aluminum chloride or bromide, diethyl aluminum chloride or bromide, dibutyl aluminum chloride or bromide and ethyl aluminum dichloride or dibromide.
  • heterogeneous catalyst formulations include formulations where the “metal compound” is a chromium compound; non-limiting examples include silyl chromate, chromium oxide and chromocene.
  • the chromium compound is supported on a metal oxide such as silica or alumina.
  • Heterogeneous catalyst formulations containing chromium may also include co-catalysts; non-limiting examples of co-catalysts include trialkylaluminum, alkylaluminoxane and dialkoxyalkylaluminum compounds and the like.
  • process solvent, monomer(s) and a catalyst formulation are continuously fed to a reactor where the ethylene interpolymer is formed in solution.
  • process solvent 1 , ethylene 2 and optional ⁇ -olefin 3 are combined to produce reactor feed stream RF 1 which flows into reactor 11 a .
  • optional streams, or optional embodiments, are denoted with dotted lines. It is not particularly important that combined reactor feed stream RF 1 be formed; i.e. reactor feed streams can be combined in all possible combinations, including an embodiment where streams 1 through 3 are independently injected into reactor 11 a .
  • водородород may be injected into reactor 11 a through stream 4 ; hydrogen is generally added to control the molecular weight of the first ethylene interpolymer produced in reactor 11 a .
  • Reactor 11 a is continuously stirred by stirring assembly 11 b which includes a motor external to the reactor and an agitator within the reactor.
  • stirring assembly 11 b which includes a motor external to the reactor and an agitator within the reactor.
  • a reactor is frequently called a CSTR (Continuously Stirred Tank Reactor).
  • a single site catalyst formulation is injected into reactor 11 a through stream 5 e .
  • Single site catalyst component streams 5 d , 5 c , 5 b and optional 5 a refer to the ionic activator (component (iii)), the bulky ligand-metal complex (component (i)), the alumoxane co-catalyst (component (ii)) and optional hindered phenol (component (iv)), respectively.
  • Single site catalyst component streams can be arranged in all possible configurations, including an embodiment where streams 5 a through 5 d are independently injected into reactor 11 a . Each single site catalyst component is dissolved in a catalyst component solvent.
  • Catalyst component solvents for component (i) through (iv), may be the same or different. Catalyst component solvents are selected such that the combination of catalyst components does not produce a precipitate in any process stream; for example, precipitation of a single site catalyst component in stream 5 e .
  • the optimization of the single site catalyst formulation is described below.
  • Reactor 11 a produces a first exit stream, stream 11 c , containing the first ethylene interpolymer dissolved in process solvent, as well as unreacted ethylene, unreacted ⁇ -olefins (if present), unreacted hydrogen (if present), active single site catalyst, deactivated single site catalyst, residual catalyst components and other impurities (if present). Melt index ranges and density ranges of the first ethylene interpolymer produced are described below.
  • the continuous solution polymerization process shown in FIG. 1 includes two embodiments where reactors 11 a and 12 a can be operated in series or parallel modes.
  • series mode 100% of stream 11 c (the first exit stream) passes through flow controller 11 d forming stream 11 e which enters reactor 12 a .
  • parallel mode 100% of stream 11 c passes through flow controller 11 f forming stream 11 g .
  • Stream 11 g by-passes reactor 12 a and is combined with stream 12 c (the second exit stream) forming stream 12 d (the third exit stream).
  • Fresh reactor feed streams are injected into reactor 12 a ; process solvent 6 , ethylene 7 and optional ⁇ -olefin 8 are combined to produce reactor feed stream RF 2 . It is not important that stream RF 2 is formed; i.e. reactor feed streams can be combined in all possible combinations, including independently injecting each stream into the reactor.
  • hydrogen may be injected into reactor 12 a through stream 9 to control the molecular weight of the second ethylene interpolymer.
  • Reactor 12 a is continuously stirred by stirring assembly 12 b which includes a motor external to the reactor and an agitator within the reactor.
  • An in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation is injected into reactor 12 a through stream 10 f and a second ethylene interpolymer is formed in reactor 12 a .
  • the components that comprise the in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation are introduced through streams 10 a , 10 b , 10 c and 10 d .
  • a first heterogeneous catalyst assembly, defined by the conduits and flow controllers associated with streams 10 a - 10 h , is operated as described below.
  • the first heterogeneous catalyst assembly produces an efficient in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation by optimizing the following molar ratios: (aluminum alkyl)/(magnesium compound) or (ix)/(v); (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound) or (vi)/(v); (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) or (viii)/(vii), and; (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound) or (ix)/(vii); as well as the time these compounds have to react and equilibrate.
  • Stream 10 a (stream S 1 ) contains a binary blend of a magnesium compound, component (v) and an aluminum alkyl, component (ix), in process solvent.
  • the upper limit on the (aluminum alkyl)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio in stream 10 a may be about 70, in some cases about 50 and is other cases about 30.
  • the lower limit on the (aluminum alkyl)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio may be about 3.0, in some cases about 5.0 and in other cases about 10.
  • Stream 10 b (stream S 2 ) contains a solution of a chloride compound, component (vi), in process solvent.
  • Stream 10 b is combined with stream 10 a and the intermixing of streams 10 a and 10 b produces a magnesium chloride catalyst support.
  • the (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio is optimized.
  • the upper limit on the (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio may be about 4, in some cases about 3.5 and is other cases about 3.0.
  • the lower limit on the (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio may be about 1.0, in some cases about 1.5 and in other cases about 1.9.
  • HUT- 1 The time between the addition of the chloride compound and the addition of the metal compound (component (vii)) via stream 10 c (stream S 3 ) is controlled; hereafter HUT- 1 (the first Hold-Up-Time).
  • HUT- 1 is the time for streams 10 a (stream S 1 ) and 10 b (stream S 2 ) to equilibrate and form a magnesium chloride support.
  • the upper limit on HUT- 1 may be about 70 seconds, in some cases about 60 seconds and is other cases about 50 seconds.
  • the lower limit on HUT- 1 may be about 5 seconds, in some cases about 10 seconds and in other cases about 20 seconds.
  • HUT- 1 is controlled by adjusting the length of the conduit between stream 10 b injection port and stream 10 c injection port, as well as controlling the flow rates of streams 10 a and 10 b .
  • the time between the addition of component (vii) and the addition of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst, component (viii), via stream 10 d (stream S 4 ) is controlled; hereafter HUT- 2 (the second Hold-Up-Time).
  • HUT- 2 is the time for the magnesium chloride support and stream 10 c to react and equilibrate.
  • the upper limit on HUT- 2 may be about 50 seconds, in some cases about 35 seconds and is other cases about 25 seconds.
  • the lower limit on HUT- 2 may be about 2 seconds, in some cases about 6 seconds and in other cases about 10 seconds.
  • HUT- 2 is controlled by adjusting the length of the conduit between stream 10 c injection port and stream 10 d injection port, as well as controlling the flow rates of streams 10 a , 10 b and 10 c .
  • the quantity of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst added is optimized to produce an efficient catalyst; this is accomplished by adjusting the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio, or (viii)/(vii) molar ratio.
  • the upper limit on the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio may be about 10, in some cases about 7.5 and is other cases about 6.0.
  • the lower limit on the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio may be 0, in some cases about 1.0 and in other cases about 2.0.
  • the time between the addition of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst (stream S 4 ) and the injection of the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation into reactor 12 a is controlled; hereafter HUT- 3 (the third Hold-Up-Time).
  • HUT- 3 is the time for stream 10 d to intermix and equilibrate to form the in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation.
  • the upper limit on HUT- 3 may be about 15 seconds, in some cases about 10 seconds and is other cases about 8 seconds.
  • the lower limit on HUT- 3 may be about 0.5 seconds, in some cases about 1 seconds and in other cases about 2 seconds.
  • HUT- 3 is controlled by adjusting the length of the conduit between stream 10 d injection port and the catalyst injection port in reactor 12 a , and by controlling the flow rates of streams 10 a through 10 d .
  • 100% of stream 10 d the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst, may be injected directly into reactor 12 a via stream 10 h .
  • a portion of stream 10 d may be injected directly into reactor 12 a via stream 10 h and the remaining portion of stream 10 d injected into reactor 12 a via stream 10 f.
  • R 2 an equivalent term for reactor 12 a is “R 2 ”.
  • the quantity of in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation added to R 2 is expressed as the parts-per-million (ppm) of metal compound (component (vii)) in the reactor solution, hereafter “R 2 (vii) (ppm)”.
  • the upper limit on R 2 (vii) (ppm) may be about 10 ppm, in some cases about 8 ppm and in other cases about 6 ppm.
  • the lower limit on R 2 (vii) (ppm) in some cases may be about 0.5 ppm, in other cases about 1 ppm and in still other cases about 2 ppm.
  • the (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound) molar ratio in reactor 12 a , or the (ix)/(vii) molar ratio, is also controlled.
  • the upper limit on the (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound) molar ratio in the reactor may be about 2, in some cases about 1.5 and is other cases about 1.0.
  • the lower limit on the (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound) molar ratio may be about 0.05, in some cases about 0.075 and in other cases about 0.1.
  • any combination of the streams employed to prepare and deliver the in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation to R 2 may be heated or cooled, i.e., streams 10 a through 10 h (including stream 10 g (optional R 3 delivery) which is discussed below); in some cases the upper temperature limit of streams 10 a through 10 g may be about 90° C., in other cases about 80° C. and in still other cases about 70° C. and; in some cases the lower temperature limit may be about 20° C.; in other cases about 35° C. and in still other cases about 50° C.
  • Injection of the in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation into reactor 12 a produces a second ethylene interpolymer and a second exit stream 12 c.
  • the second exit stream 12 c contains the second ethylene interpolymer and the first ethylene interpolymer dissolved in process solvent; as well as unreacted ethylene, unreacted ⁇ -olefins (if present), unreacted hydrogen (if present), active catalysts, deactivated catalysts, catalyst components and other impurities (if present).
  • the second exit stream 12 c is deactivated by adding a catalyst deactivator A from catalyst deactivator tank 18 A forming a deactivated solution A, stream 12 e ; in this case, FIG. 1 defaults to a dual reactor solution process. If the second exit stream 12 c is not deactivated the second exit stream enters tubular reactor 17 . Catalyst deactivator A is discussed below.
  • the second exit stream 12 c contains the second ethylene interpolymer dissolved in process solvent.
  • the second exit stream 12 c is combined with stream 11 g forming a third exit stream 12 d , the latter contains the second ethylene interpolymer and the first ethylene interpolymer dissolved in process solvent; as well as unreacted ethylene, unreacted ⁇ -olefins (if present), unreacted hydrogen (if present), active catalyst, deactivated catalyst, catalyst components and other impurities (if present).
  • the third exit stream 12 d is deactivated by adding catalyst deactivator A from catalyst deactivator tank 18 A forming deactivated solution A, stream 12 e ; in this case, FIG. 1 defaults to a dual reactor solution process. If the third exit stream 12 d is not deactivated the third exit stream 12 d enters tubular reactor 17 .
  • tubular reactor is meant to convey its conventional meaning, namely a simple tube; wherein the length/diameter (L/D) ratio is at least 10/1.
  • one or more of the following reactor feed streams may be injected into tubular reactor 17 ; process solvent 13 , ethylene 14 and ⁇ -olefin 15 .
  • streams 13 , 14 and 15 may be combined forming reactor feed stream RF 3 and the latter is injected into reactor 17 . It is not particularly important that stream RF 3 be formed; i.e., reactor feed streams can be combined in all possible combinations.
  • hydrogen may be injected into reactor 17 through stream 16 .
  • the in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation may be injected into reactor 17 via catalyst stream 10 g ; i.e., a portion of the in-line heterogeneous catalyst enters reactor 12 a through stream 10 f and the remaining portion of the in-line heterogeneous catalyst enters reactor 17 through stream 10 g.
  • FIG. 1 shows an additional embodiment where reactor 17 is supplied with a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation produced in a second heterogeneous catalyst assembly.
  • the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly refers to the combination of conduits and flow controllers that include streams 34 a - 34 e and 34 h .
  • the chemical composition of the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulations may be the same, or different.
  • the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly produces a second in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation.
  • the catalyst components ((v) through (ix)), mole ratios and hold-up-times may differ in the first and second heterogeneous catalyst assemblies.
  • the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly is operated in a similar manner, i.e., the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly generates an efficient catalyst by optimizing hold-up-times and the following molar ratios: (aluminum alkyl)/(magnesium compound), (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound), (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst/(metal compound, and (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound).
  • stream 34 a contains a binary blend of magnesium compound (component (v)) and aluminum alkyl (component (ix)) in process solvent;
  • stream 34 b contains a chloride compound (component (vi)) in process solvent;
  • stream 34 c contains a metal compound (component (vii)) in process solvent, and
  • stream 34 d contains an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst (component (viii)) in process solvent.
  • stream 34 d the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst
  • stream 34 h a portion of stream 34 d may be injected directly into reactor 17 via stream 34 h and the remaining portion of stream 34 d injected into reactor 17 via stream 34 e .
  • the first or the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly supplies 100% of the catalyst to reactor 17 . Any combination of the streams that comprise the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly may be heated or cooled, i.e.
  • streams 34 a - 34 e and 34 h in some cases the upper temperature limit of streams 34 a - 34 e and 34 h may be about 90° C., in other cases about 80° C. and in still other cases about 70° C. and; in some cases the lower temperature limit may be about 20° C.; in other cases about 35° C. and in still other cases about 50° C.
  • a third ethylene interpolymer may, or may not, form.
  • a third ethylene interpolymer will not form if catalyst deactivator A is added upstream of reactor 17 via catalyst deactivator tank 18 A.
  • a third ethylene interpolymer will be formed if catalyst deactivator B is added downstream of reactor 17 via catalyst deactivator tank 18 B.
  • the optional third ethylene interpolymer produced in reactor 17 may be formed using a variety of operational modes; with the proviso that catalyst deactivator A is not added upstream of reactor 17 .
  • operational modes include: (a) residual ethylene, residual optional ⁇ -olefin and residual active catalyst entering reactor 17 react to form the optional third ethylene interpolymer, or; (b) fresh process solvent 13 , fresh ethylene 14 and optionally fresh ⁇ -olefin 15 are added to reactor 17 and the residual active catalyst entering reactor 17 forms the optional third ethylene interpolymer, or; (c) the fresh second in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation is added to reactor 17 via stream 10 g or stream 34 e to polymerize residual ethylene and residual optional ⁇ -olefin to form the optional third ethylene interpolymer, or; (d) fresh process solvent 13 , ethylene 14 , optional ⁇ -olefin 15 and fresh second in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation ( 10 g or 34 e ) are added to reactor 17 to
  • 100% of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst may be added to reactor 17 via stream 34 h , or a portion of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst may be added to reactor 17 via stream 10 g or 34 h and the remaining portion added via stream 34 h .
  • fresh hydrogen 16 may be added to reduce the molecular weight of the optional third optional ethylene interpolymer.
  • Reactor 17 produces a third exit stream 17 b containing the first ethylene interpolymer, the second ethylene interpolymer and optionally a third ethylene interpolymer.
  • catalyst deactivator B may be added to the third exit stream 17 b via catalyst deactivator tank 18 B producing a deactivated solution B, stream 19 ; with the proviso that catalyst deactivator B is not added if catalyst deactivator A was added upstream of reactor 17 .
  • Deactivated solution B may also contain unreacted ethylene, unreacted optional ⁇ -olefin, unreacted optional hydrogen and impurities if present.
  • deactivated solution A (stream 12 e ) exits tubular reactor 17 as shown in FIG. 1 .
  • reactor 17 produces a fourth exit stream 17 b containing the first ethylene interpolymer, the second ethylene interpolymer and optionally a third ethylene interpolymer.
  • stream 12 d is the third exit stream.
  • catalyst deactivator B is added to the fourth exit stream 17 b via catalyst deactivator tank 18 B producing a deactivated solution B, stream 19 ; with the proviso that catalyst deactivator B is not added if catalyst deactivator A was added upstream of reactor 17 .
  • deactivated solution A (stream 12 e ) or B (stream 19 ) passes through pressure let down device 20 , heat exchanger 21 and a passivator is added via tank 22 forming a passivated solution 23 ; the passivator is described below.
  • the passivated solution passes through pressure let down device 24 and enters a first vapor/liquid separator 25 .
  • V/L is equivalent to vapor/liquid.
  • first V/L separator Two streams are formed in the first V/L separator: a first bottom stream 27 comprising a solution that is rich in ethylene interpolymers and also contains residual ethylene, residual optional ⁇ -olefins and catalyst residues, and; a first gaseous overhead stream 26 comprising ethylene, process solvent, optional ⁇ -olefins, optional hydrogen, oligomers and light-end impurities if present.
  • the first bottom stream enters a second V/L separator 28 .
  • a second bottom stream 30 comprising a solution that is richer in ethylene interpolymer and leaner in process solvent relative to the first bottom stream 27
  • a second gaseous overhead stream 29 comprising process solvent, optional ⁇ -olefins, ethylene, oligomers and light-end impurities if present.
  • the second bottom stream 30 flows into a third V/L separator 31 .
  • a product stream 33 comprising an ethylene interpolymer product, deactivated catalyst residues and less than 5 weight % of residual process solvent
  • a third gaseous overhead stream 32 comprised essentially of process solvent, optional ⁇ -olefins and light-end impurities if present.
  • Product stream 33 proceeds to polymer recovery operations.
  • polymer recovery operations include one or more gear pump, single screw extruder or twin screw extruder that forces the molten ethylene interpolymer product through a pelletizer.
  • a devolatilizing extruder may be used to remove small amounts of residual process solvent and optional ⁇ -olefin, if present. Once pelletized the solidified ethylene interpolymer product is typically dried and transported to a product silo.
  • the first, second and third gaseous overhead streams shown in FIG. 1 are sent to a distillation column where solvent, ethylene and optional ⁇ -olefin are separated for recycling, or; the first, second and third gaseous overhead streams are recycled to the reactors, or; a portion of the first, second and third gaseous overhead streams are recycled to the reactors and the remaining portion is sent to a distillation column.
  • Solution Polymerization Process Batch Heterogeneous Catalyst Formulation
  • FIG. 2 a first batch heterogeneous catalyst assembly (vessels and streams 60 a through 60 h ) and an optional second batch heterogeneous catalyst assembly (vessels and streams 90 a through 90 f ) are employed.
  • many of the vessels and streams shown in FIG. 2 are equivalent to the respective vessel and stream shown in FIG. 1 ; equivalence is indicated through the use of a consistent vessel or stream label, i.e., number.
  • process solvent is injected into CSTR reactor 11 a , CSTR reactor 12 a and tubular reactor 17 via streams 1 , 6 and 13 .
  • Ethylene is injected into reactors 11 a , 12 a and 17 via streams 2 , 7 and 14 .
  • Optional ⁇ -olefin is injected into reactors 11 a , 12 a and 17 via streams 3 , 8 and 15 .
  • Optional hydrogen is injected into reactors 11 a , 12 a and 17 via streams 4 , 9 and 16 .
  • a single-site catalyst formulation is injected into reactor 11 a , producing the first ethylene interpolymer. Single-site catalyst component streams ( 5 a through 5 e ) were described above.
  • a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is injected into reactor 12 a via stream 60 e and the second ethylene interpolymer is formed.
  • Reactors 11 a and 12 a shown in FIG. 2 may be operated in series or parallel modes, as described in FIG. 1 above.
  • a non-limiting formulation useful in the continuous solution polymerization process may be prepared as follows.
  • a batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst may be prepared by sequentially added the following components to a stirred mixing vessel: (a) a solution of a magnesium compound (an equivalent term for the magnesium compound is “component (v)”); (b) a solution of a chloride compound (an equivalent term for the chloride compound is “component (vi)”; (c) optionally a solution of an aluminum alkyl halide, and; (d) a solution of a metal compound (an equivalent term for the metal compound is “component (vii)”).
  • Suitable, non-limiting examples of aluminum alkyl halides are defined by the formula (R 6 ) v AlX 3-v ; wherein the R 6 groups may be the same or different hydrocarbyl group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, X represents chloride or bromide, and; v is 1 or 2.
  • Suitable, non-limiting examples of the magnesium compound, the chloride compound and the metal compound were described earlier in this disclosure.
  • Suitable solvents within which to prepare the procatalyst include linear or branched C 5 to C 12 alkanes or mixtures thereof. Individual mixing times and mixing temperatures may be used in each of steps (a) through (d). The upper limit on mixing temperatures for steps (a) through (d) in some case may be 160° C., in other cases 130° C.
  • the lower limit on mixing temperatures for steps (a) through (d) in some cases may be 10° C., in other cases 20° C. and in still other cases 30° C.
  • the upper limit on mixing time for steps (a) through (d) in some case may be 6 hours, in other cases 3 hours and in still other cases 1 hour.
  • the lower limit on mixing times for steps (a) through (d) in some cases may be 1 minute, in other cases 10 minutes and in still other cases 30 minutes.
  • Batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst can have various catalyst component mole ratios.
  • the upper limit on the (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio in some cases may be about 3, in other cases about 2.7 and is still other cases about 2.5; the lower limit in some cases may be about 2.0, in other cases about 2.1 and in still other cases about 2.2.
  • the upper limit on the (magnesium compound)/(metal compound) molar ratio in some cases may be about 10, in other cases about 9 and in still other cases about 8; the lower limit in some cases may be about 5, in other cases about 6 and in still other cases about 7.
  • the upper limit on the (aluminum alkyl halide)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio in some cases may be about 0.5, in other cases about 0.4 and in still other cases about 0.3; the lower limit in some cases may be 0, in other cases about 0.1 and in still other cases about 0.2.
  • An active batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation is formed when the procatalyst is combined with an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst. Suitable co-catalysts were described earlier in this disclosure.
  • the procatalyst may be activated external to the reactor or in the reactor; in the latter case, the procatalyst and an appropriate amount of alkyl aluminum co-catalyst are independently injected R 2 and optionally R 3 .
  • a batch Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation stream 60 e that is efficient in converting olefins to polyolefins, is formed by combining batch Ziegler Natta procatalyst stream 60 b (stream S 5 ) with alkyl aluminum co-catalyst stream 60 d (stream S 4 ).
  • Stream 60 e is injected into reactor 12 a where the second ethylene interpolymer is formed.
  • the following options may be employed: (a) 100% of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst may be injected into reactor 12 a through stream 60 g , i.e., the batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is injected into reactor 12 a through stream 60 e , or; (b) a portion of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst is injected into reactor 12 a via stream 60 g and the remaining portion passes through stream 60 d where it combines with stream 60 b forming the batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation which is injected into reactor 12 a via stream 60 e.
  • FIG. 2 Additional optional embodiments, where a batch heterogeneous catalyst formulation is employed, are shown in FIG. 2 where: (a) a batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is injected into tubular reactor 17 through stream 60 f , or; (b) a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation is injected into tubular reactor 17 through stream 60 f .
  • option (a) 100% of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst is injected directly into reactor 17 via stream 60 h .
  • An additional embodiment exists where a portion of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst flows through stream 60 f and the remaining portion flows through stream 60 h . Any combination of tanks or streams 60 a through 60 h may be heated or cooled.
  • FIG. 2 includes additional embodiments where a second batch heterogeneous catalyst assembly, which is defined by vessels and streams 90 a through 90 f , may be used to optionally inject a second batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst into reactor 17 .
  • a second batch heterogeneous catalyst assembly which is defined by vessels and streams 90 a through 90 f , may be used to optionally inject a second batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst into reactor 17 .
  • the second batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is pumped to procatalyst storage tank 90 a shown in FIG. 2 .
  • Tank 90 a may, or may not, be agitated.
  • Storage tank 90 c contains an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst.
  • a batch Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation stream 90 e that is efficient in converting olefins to polyolefins, is formed by combining the second batch Ziegler Natta procatalyst stream 90 b (stream S 6 ) with alkyl aluminum co-catalyst stream 90 d (optionally stream).
  • Stream 90 e is optionally injected into reactor 17 , wherein an optional third ethylene interpolymer may be formed.
  • HUT- 4 the fourth Hold-Up-Time.
  • HUT- 4 is the time for stream 60 d (stream S 4 ) to intermix and equilibrate with stream 60 b (batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst) to form the batch Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation prior to injection into reactor 12 a via in stream 60 e .
  • HUT- 4 is the time for stream 60 d to intermix and equilibrate with stream 60 b to from the batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation prior to injection into the optional third reactor 17 via stream 60 f , or; HUT- 4 is the time for stream 90 d to intermix and equilibrate with stream 90 b to form the batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation prior to injection into reactor 17 via stream 90 e .
  • the upper limit on HUT- 4 may be about 300 seconds, in some cases about 200 seconds and in other cases about 100 seconds.
  • the lower limit on HUT- 4 may be about 0.1 seconds, in some cases about 1 seconds and in other cases about 10 seconds.
  • the quantity of batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst produced and/or the size to procatalyst storage tanks 60 a or 90 a is not particularly important with respect to this disclosure.
  • the large quantity of procatalyst produced allows one to operate the continuous solution polymerization plant for an extended period of time: the upper limit on this time in some cases may be about 3 months, in other cases for about 2 months and in still other cases for about 1 month; the lower limit on this time in some cases may be about 1 day, in other cases about 1 week and in still other cases about 2 weeks.
  • the quantity of batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst or batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation added to reactor 12 a is expressed as “R 2 (vii) (ppm)”, i.e., the parts-per-million (ppm) of metal compound (component (vii)) in the reactor solution.
  • the upper limit on R 2 (vii) (ppm) may be about 10 ppm, in some cases about 8 ppm and in other cases about 6 ppm.
  • the lower limit on R 2 (vii) (ppm) may be about 0.5 ppm, in some cases about 1 ppm and in other cases about 2 ppm.
  • the quantity of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst added to reactor 12 a is optimized to produce an efficient catalyst; this is accomplished by adjusting the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio.
  • the upper limit on the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio may be about 10, in some cases about 8.0 and is other cases about 6.0.
  • the lower limit on the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio may be 0.5, in some cases about 0.75 and in other cases about 1.
  • a third ethylene interpolymer may optionally be formed in reactor 17 by: (a) injecting the first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or the first batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst into reactor 17 through stream 60 f , or; (b) injecting a chemically distinct second batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or second batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst into reactor 17 through stream 90 e . As shown in FIG.
  • the first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation may be deactivated upstream of reactor 17 by adding catalyst deactivator A via deactivator tank 18 A to form a deactivated solution A (stream 12 e ), or; the first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation and optionally the second batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation may be deactivated downstream of reactor 17 by adding catalyst deactivator B via deactivator tank 18 B to form a deactivated solution B (stream 19 ). Deactivated solution A or B then pass through pressure let down device 20 , heat exchange 21 and a passivator may be added via tank 22 forming passivated solution 23 .
  • the remaining vessels ( 24 , 25 , 28 and 31 ) and streams ( 26 , 27 , 29 , 39 , 32 and 33 ) and process conditions have been described previously.
  • the ethylene interpolymer product stream 33 proceeds to polymer recovery.
  • the first, second and third gaseous overhead streams shown in FIG. 2 are sent to a distillation column where solvent, ethylene and optional ⁇ -olefin are separated for later use, or; the first, second and third gaseous overhead streams are recycled to the reactors, or; a portion of the first, second and third gaseous overhead streams are recycled to the reactors and the remaining portion is sent to a distillation column.
  • an active single site catalyst formulation is produced by optimizing the proportion of each of the four single site catalyst components, (i) through (iv).
  • active means the single site catalyst formulation is very efficient in converting olefins to polyolefins; in practice the optimization objective is to maximize the following ratio: (pounds of ethylene interpolymer product produced)/(pounds of catalyst consumed).
  • the quantity of bulky ligand metal complex, component (i), added to R 1 is expressed as the parts per million (ppm) of component (i) in the total mass of the solution in R 1 ; hereafter “R 1 (i) (ppm)”.
  • the upper limit on R 1 (i) (ppm) may be about 5, in some cases about 3 and is other cases about 2.
  • the lower limit on R 1 (i) (ppm) may be about 0.02, in some cases about 0.05 and in other cases about 0.1.
  • the proportion of catalyst component (iii), the ionic activator, added to R 1 is optimized by controlling the (ionic activator)/(bulky ligand-metal complex) molar ratio in the R 1 solution; hereafter “R 1 (iii)/(i)”.
  • the upper limit on R 1 (iii)/(i) may be about 10, in some cases about 5 and in other cases about 2.
  • the lower limit on R 1 (iii)/(i) may be about 0.1, in some cases about 0.5 and in other cases about 1.0.
  • the proportion of catalyst component (ii) is optimized by controlling the (alumoxane)/(bulky ligand-metal complex) molar ratio in the R 1 solution; hereafter “R 1 (ii)/(i)”.
  • the alumoxane co-catalyst is generally added in a molar excess relative to the bulky ligand-metal complex.
  • the upper limit on R 1 (ii)/(i) may be about 1000, in some cases about 500 and is other cases about 200.
  • the lower limit on R 1 (ii)/(i) may be about 1, in some cases about 10 and in other cases about 30.
  • catalyst component (iv), the hindered phenol, to R 1 is optional in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 1-2 . If added, the proportion of component (iv) is optimized by controlling the (hindered phenol)/(alumoxane) molar ratio in R 1 ; hereafter “R 1 (iv)/(ii)”.
  • the upper limit on R 1 (iv)/(ii) may be about 10, in some cases about 5 and in other cases about 2.
  • the lower limit on R 1 (iv)/(ii) may be 0.0, in some cases about 0.1 and in other cases about 0.2.
  • any combination of the single site catalyst component streams in FIGS. 1 and 2 may, or may not, be heated or cooled.
  • the upper limit on catalyst component stream temperatures may be about 70° C.; in other cases about 60° C. and in still other cases about 50° C.
  • the lower limit on catalyst component stream temperatures may be about 0° C.; in other cases about 20° C. and in still other cases about 40° C.
  • a variety of solvents may be used as the process solvent; non-limiting examples include linear, branched or cyclic C 5 to C 12 alkanes.
  • Non-limiting examples of ⁇ -olefins include 1-propene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene and 1-octene.
  • Suitable catalyst component solvents include aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons.
  • Non-limiting examples of aliphatic catalyst component solvents include linear, branched or cyclic C 5-12 aliphatic hydrocarbons, e.g.
  • Non-limiting examples of aromatic catalyst component solvents include benzene, toluene (methylbenzene), ethylbenzene, o-xylene (1,2-dimethylbenzene), m-xylene (1,3-dimethylbenzene), p-xylene (1,4-dimethylbenzene), mixtures of xylene isomers, hemellitene (1,2,3-trimethylbenzene), pseudocumene (1,2,4-trimethylbenzene), mesitylene (1,3,5-trimethylbenzene), mixtures of trimethylbenzene isomers, prehenitene (1,2,3,4-tetramethylbenzene), durene (1,2,3,5-tetramethylbenzene), mixtures of te
  • reactor feed streams solvent, monomer, ⁇ -olefin, hydrogen, catalyst formulation etc.
  • poisons include trace amounts of oxygenates such as water, fatty acids, alcohols, ketones and aldehydes.
  • Such poisons are removed from reactor feed streams using standard purification practices; non-limiting examples include molecular sieve beds, alumina beds and oxygen removal catalysts for the purification of solvents, ethylene and ⁇ -olefins, etc.
  • any combination of the CSTR reactor feed streams may be heated or cooled: more specifically, streams 1 - 4 (reactor 11 a ) and streams 6 - 9 (reactor 12 a ).
  • the upper limit on reactor feed stream temperatures may be about 90° C.; in other cases about 80° C. and in still other cases about 70° C.
  • the lower limit on reactor feed stream temperatures may be about 0° C.; in other cases about 10° C. and in still other cases about 20° C.
  • tubular reactor feed streams are tempered, i.e., the tubular reactor feed streams are heated to at least above ambient temperature.
  • the upper temperature limit on the tubular reactor feed streams in some cases are about 200° C., in other cases about 170° C. and in still other cases about 140° C.; the lower temperature limit on the tubular reactor feed streams in some cases are about 60° C., in other cases about 90° C. and in still other cases about 120° C.; with the proviso that the temperature of the tubular reactor feed streams are lower than the temperature of the process stream that enters the tubular reactor.
  • the operating temperatures of the solution polymerization reactors can vary over a wide range.
  • the upper limit on reactor temperatures in some cases may be about 300° C., in other cases about 280° C. and in still other cases about 260° C.; and the lower limit in some cases may be about 80° C., in other cases about 100° C. and in still other cases about 125° C.
  • the second reactor, reactor 12 a (R 2 ) is operated at a higher temperature than the first reactor 11 a (R 1 ).
  • the maximum temperature difference between these two reactors (T R2 ⁇ T R1 ) in some cases is about 120° C., in other cases about 100° C. and in still other cases about 80° C.; the minimum (T R2 ⁇ T R1 ) in some cases is about 1° C., in other cases about 5° C. and in still other cases about 10° C.
  • the optional tubular reactor, reactor 17 (R 3 ) may be operated in some cases about 100° C. higher than R 2 ; in other cases about 60° C. higher than R 2 , in still other cases about 10° C. higher than R 2 and in alternative cases 0° C. higher, i.e. the same temperature as R 2 .
  • the temperature within optional R 3 may increase along its length.
  • the maximum temperature difference between the inlet and outlet of R 3 in some cases is about 100° C., in other cases about 60° C. and in still other cases about 40° C.
  • the minimum temperature difference between the inlet and outlet of R 3 is in some cases may be 0° C., in other cases about 3° C. and in still other cases about 10° C.
  • R 3 is operated an adiabatic fashion and in other cases R 3 is heated.
  • the pressure in the polymerization reactors should be high enough to maintain the polymerization solution as a single phase solution and to provide the upstream pressure to force the polymer solution from the reactors through a heat exchanger and on to polymer recovery operations.
  • the operating pressure of the solution polymerization reactors can vary over a wide range.
  • the upper limit on reactor pressure in some cases may be about 45 MPag, in other cases about 30 MPag and in still other cases about 20 MPag; and the lower limit in some cases may be about 3 MPag, in other some cases about 5 MPag and in still other cases about 7 MPag.
  • the passivated solution prior to entering the first V/L separator, may have a maximum temperature in some cases of about 300° C., in other cases about 290° C. and in still other cases about 280° C.; the minimum temperature may be in some cases about 150° C., in other cases about 200° C. and in still other cases about 220° C.
  • the passivated solution in some cases may have a maximum pressure of about 40 MPag, in other cases about 25 MPag and in still cases about 15 MPag; the minimum pressure in some cases may be about 1.5 MPag, in other cases about 5 MPag and in still other cases about 6 MPag.
  • the first V/L separator (vessel 25 in FIGS. 1 and 2 ) may be operated over a relatively broad range of temperatures and pressures.
  • the maximum operating temperature of the first V/L separator in some cases may be about 300° C., in other cases about 285° C. and in still other cases about 270° C.; the minimum operating temperature in some cases may be about 100° C., in other cases about 140° C. and in still other cases 170° C.
  • the maximum operating pressure of the first V/L separator in some cases may be about 20 MPag, in other cases about 10 MPag and in still other cases about 5 MPag; the minimum operating pressure in some cases may be about 1 MPag, in other cases about 2 MPag and in still other cases about 3 MPag.
  • the second V/L separator (vessel 28 in FIGS. 1 and 2 ) may be operated over a relatively broad range of temperatures and pressures.
  • the maximum operating temperature of the second V/L separator in some cases may be about 300° C., in other cases about 250° C. and in still other cases about 200° C.; the minimum operating temperature in some cases may be about 100° C., in other cases about 125° C. and in still other cases about 150° C.
  • the maximum operating pressure of the second V/L separator in some cases may be about 1000 kPag, in other cases about 900 kPag and in still other cases about 800 kPag; the minimum operating pressure in some cases may be about 10 kPag, in other cases about 20 kPag and in still other cases about 30 kPag.
  • the third V/L separator (vessel 31 in FIGS. 1 and 2 ) may be operated over a relatively broad range of temperatures and pressures.
  • the maximum operating temperature of the third V/L separator in some cases may be about 300° C., in other cases about 250° C., and in still other cases about 200° C.; the minimum operating temperature in some cases may be about 100° C., in other cases about 125° C. and in still other cases about 150° C.
  • the maximum operating pressure of the third V/L separator in some cases may be about 500 kPag, in other cases about 150 kPag and in still other cases about 100 kPag; the minimum operating pressure in some cases may be about 1 kPag, in other cases about 10 kPag and in still other cases about 25 kPag.
  • Embodiments of the continuous solution polymerization process shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 show three V/L separators.
  • continuous solution polymerization embodiments may include configurations comprising at least one V/L separator.
  • the ethylene interpolymer products having improved color produced in the continuous solution polymerization process may be recovered using conventional devolatilization systems that are well known to persons skilled in the art, non-limiting examples include flash devolatilization systems and devolatilizing extruders.
  • reactor 11 a (R 1 ) and reactor 12 a (R 2 ) in FIGS. 1 and 2 may be used for reactor 11 a (R 1 ) and reactor 12 a (R 2 ) in FIGS. 1 and 2 ; non-limiting examples include unstirred or stirred spherical, cylindrical or tank-like vessels, as well as tubular reactors or recirculating loop reactors.
  • the maximum volume of R 1 in some cases may be about 20,000 gallons (about 75,710 L), in other cases about 10,000 gallons (about 37,850 L) and in still other cases about 5,000 gallons (about 18,930 L).
  • the minimum volume of R 1 in some cases may be about 100 gallons (about 379 L), in other cases about 500 gallons (about 1,893 L) and in still other cases about 1,000 gallons (about 3,785 L).
  • reactor volumes are typically much smaller, for example the volume of R 1 at pilot scale could be less than about 2 gallons (less than about 7.6 L).
  • the volume of reactor R 2 is expressed as a percent of the volume of reactor R 1 .
  • the upper limit on the volume of R 2 in some cases may be about 600% of R 1 , in other cases about 400% of R 1 and in still other cases about 200% of R 1 .
  • R 2 has a volume of 10,000 gallons.
  • the lower limit on the volume of R 2 in some cases may be about 50% of R 1 , in other cases about 100% of R 1 and in still other cases about 150% of R 1 .
  • the stirring rate can vary over a wide range; in some cases from about 10 rpm to about 2000 rpm, in other cases from about 100 to about 1500 rpm and in still other cases from about 200 to about 1300 rpm.
  • the volume of R 3 the tubular reactor, is expressed as a percent of the volume of reactor R 2 .
  • the upper limit on the volume of R 3 in some cases may be about 500% of R 2 , in other cases about 300% of R 2 and in still other cases about 100% of R 2 .
  • the lower limit on the volume of R 3 in some cases may be about 3% of R 2 , in other cases about 10% of R 2 and in still other cases about 50% of R 2 .
  • the “average reactor residence time”, a commonly used parameter in the chemical engineering art, is defined by the first moment of the reactor residence time distribution; the reactor residence time distribution is a probability distribution function that describes the amount of time that a fluid element spends inside the reactor.
  • the average reactor residence time can vary widely depending on process flow rates and reactor mixing, design and capacity.
  • the upper limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R 1 in some cases may be about 600 seconds, in other cases about 360 seconds and in still other cases about 180 seconds.
  • the lower limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R 1 in some cases may be about 10 seconds, in other cases about 20 seconds and in still other cases about 40 seconds.
  • the upper limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R 2 in some cases may be about 720 seconds, in other cases about 480 seconds and in still other cases about 240 seconds.
  • the lower limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R 2 in some cases may be about 10 seconds, in other cases about 30 seconds and in still other cases about 60 seconds.
  • the upper limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R 3 in some cases may be about 600 seconds, in other cases about 360 seconds and in still other cases about 180 seconds.
  • the lower limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R 3 in some cases may be about 1 second, in other cases about 5 seconds and in still other cases about 10 seconds.
  • additional reactors e.g., CSTRs, loops or tubes, etc.
  • the number of reactors is not particularly important; with the proviso that the continuous solution polymerization process comprises at least two reactors that employ at least one single-site catalyst formulation and at least one heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
  • the total amount of ethylene supplied to the process can be portioned or split between the three reactors R 1 , R 2 and R 3 .
  • ES Ethylene Split
  • the upper limit on ES R1 in some cases is about 60%, in other cases about 55% and in still other cases about 50%; the lower limit on ES R1 in some cases is about 10%, in other cases about 15% and in still other cases about 20%.
  • the upper limit on ES R2 in some cases is about 90%, in other cases about 80% and in still other cases about 70%; the lower limit on ES R2 in some cases is about 20%, in other cases about 30% and in still other cases about 40%.
  • the upper limit on ES R3 in some cases is about 30%, in other cases about 25% and in still other cases about 20%; the lower limit on ES R3 in some cases is 0%, in other cases about 5% and in still other cases about 10%.
  • the ethylene concentration in each reactor is also controlled.
  • the R 1 ethylene concentration is defined as the weight of ethylene in reactor 1 divided by the total weight of everything added to reactor 1 ; the R 2 ethylene concentration (wt %) and R 3 ethylene concentration (wt %) are defined similarly.
  • Ethylene concentrations in the reactors in some cases may vary from about 7 weight percent (wt %) to about 25 wt %, in other cases from about 8 wt % to about 20 wt % and in still other cases from about 9 wt % to about 17 wt %.
  • the total amount of ethylene converted in each reactor is monitored.
  • the term “Q R1 ” refers to the percent of the ethylene added to R 1 that is converted into an ethylene interpolymer by the catalyst formulation.
  • Q R2 and Q R3 represent the percent of the ethylene added to R 2 and R 3 that was converted into ethylene interpolymer, in the respective reactor.
  • Ethylene conversions can vary significantly depending on a variety of process conditions, e.g. catalyst concentration, catalyst formulation, impurities and poisons.
  • the upper limit on both Q R1 and Q R2 in some cases is about 99%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%; the lower limit on both Q R1 and Q R2 in some cases is about 65%, in other cases about 70% and in still other cases about 75%.
  • the upper limit on Q R3 in some cases is about 99%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%; the lower limit on Q R3 in some cases is 0%, in other cases about 5% and in still other cases about 10%.
  • Q T represents the total or overall ethylene conversion across the entire continuous solution polymerization plant; i.e.
  • Q T 100 ⁇ [weight of ethylene in the interpolymer product]/([weight of ethylene in the interpolymer product]+[weight of unreacted ethylene]).
  • the upper limit on Q T in some cases is about 99%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%; the lower limit on Q T in some cases is about 75%, in other cases about 80% and in still other cases about 85%.
  • ⁇ -olefin may be added to the continuous solution polymerization process. If added, ⁇ -olefin may be proportioned or split between R 1 , R 2 and R 3 .
  • the upper limit on CS R1 in some cases is 100% (i.e. 100% of the ⁇ -olefin is injected into R 1 ), in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%.
  • the lower limit on CS R1 in some cases is 0% (ethylene homopolymer produced in R 1 ), in other cases about 5% and in still other cases about 10%.
  • the upper limit on CS R2 in some cases is about 100% (i.e., 100% of the ⁇ -olefin is injected into reactor 2 ), in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%.
  • the lower limit on CS R2 in some cases is 0%, in other cases about 5% and in still other cases about 10%.
  • the upper limit on CS R3 in some cases is 100%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%.
  • the lower limit on CS R3 in some cases is 0%, in other cases about 5% and in still other cases about 10%.
  • FIGS. 1 and 2 show catalyst deactivation occurring either: (a) upstream of the tubular reactor by adding a catalyst deactivator A from catalyst deactivator tank 18 A, or; (b) downstream of the tubular reactor by adding a catalyst deactivator B from catalyst deactivator tank 18 B.
  • Catalyst deactivator tanks 18 A and 18 B may contain neat (100%) catalyst deactivator, a solution of catalyst deactivator in a solvent, or a slurry of catalyst deactivator in a solvent.
  • the chemical composition of catalyst deactivator A and B may be the same, or different.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable solvents include linear or branched C 5 to C 12 alkanes.
  • how the catalyst deactivator is added is not particularly important. Once added, the catalyst deactivator substantially stops the polymerization reaction by changing active catalyst species to inactive forms.
  • Suitable deactivators are well known in the art, non-limiting examples include: amines (e.g. U.S. Pat. No. 4,803,259 to Zboril et al.); alkali or alkaline earth metal salts of carboxylic acid (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,105,609 to Machan et al.); water (e.g., U.S. Pat. No.
  • the quantify of catalyst deactivator added was determined by the following catalyst deactivator molar ratio: 0.3 ⁇ (catalyst deactivator)/((total catalytic metal)+(alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)+(aluminum alkyl)) ⁇ 2.0; where the catalytic metal is the total moles of (metal A+metal B+optional metal C).
  • the upper limit on the catalyst deactivator molar ratio may be about 2, in some cases about 1.5 and in other cases about 0.75.
  • the lower limit on the catalyst deactivator molar ratio may be about 0.3, in some cases about 0.35 and in still other cases about 0.4.
  • the catalyst deactivator is added in a minimal amount such that the catalyst is deactivated and the polymerization reaction is quenched.
  • a passivator or acid scavenger is added to deactivated solution A or B to form a passivated solution, i.e. passivated solution stream 23 .
  • Passivator tank 22 may contain neat (100%) passivator, a solution of passivator in a solvent, or a slurry of passivator in a solvent.
  • suitable solvents include linear or branched C 5 to C 12 alkanes. In this disclosure, how the passivator is added is not particularly important.
  • Suitable passivators are well known in the art, non-limiting examples include alkali or alkaline earth metal salts of carboxylic acids or hydrotalcites.
  • the quantity of passivator added can vary over a wide range. In this disclosure the molar quantity of passivator added was determined by the total moles of chloride compounds added to the solution process, i.e. the chloride compound “component (vi)” plus the metal compound “compound (vii)”.
  • a first and second chloride compound and a first and second metal compound may be used, i.e. to form the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulations; in this case the amount of passivator added is determined by the total moles all chloride containing compounds.
  • the upper limit on passivator mole ratio (moles passivator)/(total chlorides) molar ratio may be 20, in some cases 15 and in other cases 10.
  • the lower limit on the (passivator)/(total chlorides) molar ratio may be about 5, in some cases about 7 and in still other cases about 9.
  • the passivator is added in the minimal amount to substantially passivate the deactivated solution.
  • the first ethylene interpolymer is produced with a single-site catalyst formulation. Referring to the embodiments shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 , if the optional ⁇ -olefin is not added to reactor 1 (R 1 ), then the ethylene interpolymer produced in R 1 is an ethylene homopolymer. If an ⁇ -olefin is added, the following weight ratio is one parameter to control the density of the first ethylene interpolymer: (( ⁇ -olefin)/(ethylene)) R1 .
  • the upper limit on (( ⁇ -olefin)/(ethylene)) R1 may be about 3; in other cases about 2 and in still other cases about 1.
  • the lower limit on (( ⁇ -olefin)/(ethylene)) R1 may be 0; in other cases about 0.25 and in still other cases about 0.5.
  • ⁇ 1 refers to the density of the first ethylene interpolymer produced in R 1 .
  • the upper limit on ⁇ 1 may be about 0.975 g/cm 3 ; in some cases about 0.965 g/cm 3 and; in other cases about 0.955 g/cm 3 .
  • the lower limit on ⁇ 1 may be about 0.855 g/cm 3 , in some cases about 0.865 g/cm 3 , and; in other cases about 0.875 g/cm 3 .
  • CDBI 50 Composition Distribution Branching Index
  • the CDBI 50 is defined as the percent of the ethylene interpolymer whose comonomer composition is within 50% of the median comonomer composition. It is also well known to those skilled in the art that the CDBI 50 of ethylene interpolymers produced with single-site catalyst formulations are higher relative to the CDBI 50 of ⁇ -olefin containing ethylene interpolymers produced with heterogeneous catalyst formulations.
  • the upper limit on the CDBI 50 of the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 98%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%.
  • the lower limit on the CDBI 50 of the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 70%, in other cases about 75% and in still other cases about 80%.
  • the M w /M n of ethylene interpolymers produced with single site catalyst formulations are lower relative to ethylene interpolymers produced with heterogeneous catalyst formulations.
  • the first ethylene interpolymer has a lower M w /M n relative to the second ethylene interpolymer; where the second ethylene interpolymer is produced with a heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
  • the upper limit on the M w /M n of the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.8, in other cases about 2.5 and in still other cases about 2.2.
  • the lower limit on the M w /M n the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 1.7, in other cases about 1.8 and in still other cases about 1.9.
  • the first ethylene interpolymer contains catalyst residues that reflect the chemical composition of the single-site catalyst formulation used.
  • catalyst residues are typically quantified by the parts per million of catalytic metal in the first ethylene interpolymer, where metal refers to the metal in component (i), i.e. the metal in the “bulky ligand-metal complex”; hereafter this metal will be referred to “metal A”.
  • metal A include Group 4 metals, titanium, zirconium and hafnium.
  • the upper limit on the ppm of metal A in the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 1.0 ppm, in other cases about 0.9 ppm and in still other cases about 0.8 ppm.
  • the lower limit on the ppm of metal A in the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 0.01 ppm, in other cases about 0.1 ppm and in still other cases about 0.2 ppm.
  • the amount of hydrogen added to R 1 can vary over a wide range allowing the continuous solution process to produce first ethylene interpolymers that differ greatly in melt index, hereafter I 2 1 (melt index is measured at 190° C. using a 2.16 kg load following the procedures outlined in ASTM D1238). This is accomplished by adjusting the hydrogen flow rate in stream 4 (as shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 ).
  • the quantity of hydrogen added to R 1 is expressed as the parts-per-million (ppm) of hydrogen in R 1 relative to the total mass in reactor R 1 ; hereafter H 2 R1 (ppm).
  • H 2 R1 ranges from about 100 ppm to 0 ppm, in other cases from about 50 ppm to 0 ppm, in alternative cases from about 20 to 0 and in still other cases from about 2 ppm to 0 ppm.
  • the upper limit on I 2 1 may be about 200 dg/min, in some cases about 100 dg/min; in other cases about 50 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 1 dg/min.
  • the lower limit on I 2 1 may be about 0.01 dg/min, in some cases about 0.05 dg/min; in other cases about 0.1 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.5 dg/min.
  • the upper limit on the weight percent (wt %) of the first ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 60 wt %, in other cases about 55 wt % and in still other cases about 50 wt %.
  • the lower limit on the wt % of the first ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 15 wt %; in other cases about 25 wt % and in still other cases about 30 wt %.
  • the ethylene interpolymer produced in reactor 12 a (R 2 ) is an ethylene homopolymer. If an optional ⁇ -olefin is present in R 2 , the following weight ratio is one parameter to control the density of the second ethylene interpolymer produced in R 2 : (( ⁇ -olefin)/(ethylene)) R2 .
  • the upper limit on (( ⁇ -olefin)/(ethylene)) R2 may be about 3; in other cases about 2 and in still other cases about 1.
  • the lower limit on (( ⁇ -olefin)/(ethylene)) R2 may be 0; in other cases about 0.25 and in still other cases about 0.5.
  • the symbol “ ⁇ 2 ” refers to the density of the ethylene interpolymer produced in R 2 .
  • the upper limit on ⁇ 2 may be about 0.975 g/cm 3 ; in some cases about 0.965 g/cm 3 and; in other cases about 0.955 g/cm 3 .
  • the lower limit on ⁇ 2 may be about 0.89 g/cm 3 , in some cases about 0.90 g/cm 3 , and; in other cases about 0.91 g/cm 3 .
  • the ranges disclosed in this paragraph also apply to the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 .
  • a heterogeneous catalyst formulation is used to produce the second ethylene interpolymer. If the second ethylene interpolymer contains an ⁇ -olefin, the CDBI 50 of the second ethylene interpolymer is lower relative to the CDBI 50 of the first ethylene interpolymer that was produced with a single-site catalyst formulation.
  • the upper limit on the CDBI 50 of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 70%, in other cases about 65% and in still other cases about 60%.
  • the lower limit on the CDBI 50 of the second ethylene interpolymer (that contains an ⁇ -olefin) may be about 45%, in other cases about 50% and in still other cases about 55%.
  • the second ethylene interpolymer is an ethylene homopolymer.
  • a homopolymer which does not contain ⁇ -olefin, one can still measure a CDBI 50 using TREF.
  • the upper limit on the CDBI 50 of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 98%, in other cases about 96% and in still other cases about 95%, and; the lower limit on the CDBI 50 may be about 88%, in other cases about 89% and in still other cases about 90%.
  • the CDBI 50 of the first ethylene interpolymer is higher than the CDBI 50 of the second ethylene interpolymer.
  • the M w /M n of second ethylene interpolymer is higher than the M w /M n of the first ethylene interpolymer.
  • the upper limit on the M w /M n of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 4.4, in other cases about 4.2 and in still other cases about 4.0.
  • the lower limit on the M w /M n of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.2.
  • M w /M n 's of 2.2 are observed when the melt index of the second ethylene interpolymer is high, or when the melt index of the ethylene interpolymer product is high, e.g., greater than 10 dg/minute.
  • the lower limit on the M w /M n of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.4 and in still other cases about 2.6.
  • the second ethylene interpolymer contains catalyst residues that reflect the chemical composition of the heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
  • heterogeneous catalyst residues are typically quantified by the parts per million of catalytic metal in the second ethylene interpolymer, where the metal refers to the metal originating from “component (vii)”, i.e., the metal compound; hereafter this metal will be referred to as “metal B”.
  • metal B include metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8 of the Periodic Table, or mixtures of metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8.
  • the upper limit on the ppm of metal B in the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 12 ppm, in other cases about 10 ppm and in still other cases about 8 ppm.
  • the lower limit on the ppm of metal B in the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 2 ppm, in other cases about 3 ppm and in still other cases about 4 ppm. While not wishing to be bound by any particular theory, in series mode of operation it is believed that the chemical environment within the second reactor deactivates the single site catalyst formulation, or; in parallel mode of operation the chemical environment within stream 12 d deactivates the single site catalyst formation.
  • the amount of hydrogen added to R 2 can vary over a wide range which allows the continuous solution process to produce second ethylene interpolymers that differ greatly in melt index, hereafter I 2 2 . This is accomplished by adjusting the hydrogen flow rate in stream 9 .
  • the quantity of hydrogen added is expressed as the parts-per-million (ppm) of hydrogen in R 2 relative to the total mass in reactor R 2 ; hereafter H 2 R2 (ppm). In some cases H 2 R2 (ppm) ranges from about 50 ppm to 0 ppm, in some cases from about 25 ppm to 0 ppm, in other cases from about 10 to 0 and in still other cases from about 2 ppm to 0 ppm.
  • the upper limit on I 2 2 may be about 1000 dg/min; in some cases about 750 dg/min; in other cases about 500 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 200 dg/min.
  • the lower limit on I 2 2 may be about 0.3 dg/min, in some cases about 0.4 dg/min, in other cases about 0.5 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.6 dg/min.
  • the upper limit on the weight percent (wt %) of the second ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 85 wt %, in other cases about 80 wt % and in still other cases about 70 wt %.
  • the lower limit on the wt % of the second ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 30 wt %; in other cases about 40 wt % and in still other cases about 50 wt %.
  • a third ethylene interpolymer is not produced in reactor 17 (R 3 ) if catalyst deactivator A is added upstream of reactor 17 via catalyst deactivator tank 18 A. If catalyst deactivator A is not added and optional ⁇ -olefin is not added to reactor 17 either through fresh ⁇ -olefin stream 15 or carried over from reactor 12 a (R 2 ) in stream 12 c (series mode) or stream 12 d (parallel mode) then the ethylene interpolymer produced in reactor 17 is an ethylene homopolymer.
  • the following weight ratio determines the density of the third ethylene interpolymer: (( ⁇ -olefin)/(ethylene)) R3 .
  • (( ⁇ -olefin)/(ethylene)) R3 is one of the control parameter used to produce a third ethylene interpolymer with a desired density.
  • the upper limit on (( ⁇ -olefin)/(ethylene)) R3 may be about 3; in other cases about 2 and in still other cases about 1.
  • the lower limit on (( ⁇ -olefin)/(ethylene)) R3 may be 0; in other cases about 0.25 and in still other cases about 0.5.
  • the symbol “03” refers to the density of the ethylene interpolymer produced in R 3 .
  • the upper limit on ⁇ 3 may be about 0.975 g/cm 3 ; in some cases about 0.965 g/cm 3 and; in other cases about 0.955 g/cm 3 .
  • the lower limit on ⁇ 3 may be about 0.89 g/cm 3 , in some cases about 0.90 g/cm 3 , and; in other cases about 0.91 g/cm 3 .
  • a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation may be added to R 3 .
  • the ranges disclosed in this paragraph also apply to the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the upper limit on the CDBI 50 of the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 65%, in other cases about 60% and in still other cases about 55%.
  • the CDBI 50 of an ⁇ -olefin containing optional third ethylene interpolymer will be lower than the CDBI 50 of the first ethylene interpolymer produced with the single-site catalyst formulation.
  • the lower limit on the CDBI 50 of the optional third ethylene interpolymer (containing an ⁇ -olefin) may be about 35%, in other cases about 40% and in still other cases about 45%. If an ⁇ -olefin is not added to the continuous solution polymerization process the optional third ethylene interpolymer is an ethylene homopolymer.
  • the upper limit on the CDBI 50 may be about 98%, in other cases about 96% and in still other cases about 95%, and; the lower limit on the CDBI 50 may be about 88%, in other cases about 89% and in still other cases about 90%.
  • the CDBI 50 of the first ethylene interpolymer is higher than the CDBI 50 of the third ethylene interpolymer and second ethylene interpolymer.
  • the upper limit on the M w /M n of the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 5.0, in other cases about 4.8 and in still other cases about 4.5.
  • the lower limit on the M w /M n of the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.2, in other cases about 2.4 and in still other cases about 2.6.
  • the M w /M n of the optional third ethylene interpolymer is higher than the M w /M n of the first ethylene interpolymer.
  • the catalyst residues in the optional third ethylene interpolymer reflect the chemical composition of the heterogeneous catalyst formulation(s) used, i.e. the first and optionally a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
  • the chemical compositions of the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulations may be the same or different; for example, a first component (vii) and a second component (vii) may be used to synthesize the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
  • metal B refers to the metal that originates from the first component (vii).
  • metal C refers to the metal that originates from the second component (vii).
  • Metal B and optional metal C may be the same, or different.
  • Non-limiting examples of metal B and metal C include metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8 of the Periodic Table, or mixtures of metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8.
  • the upper limit on the ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 12 ppm, in other cases about 10 ppm and in still other cases about 8 ppm.
  • the lower limit on the ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 2 ppm, in other cases about 3 ppm and in still other cases about 4 ppm.
  • optional hydrogen may be added to the tubular reactor (R 3 ) via stream 16 .
  • the amount of hydrogen added to R 3 may vary over a wide range. Adjusting the amount of hydrogen in R 3 , hereafter H 2 R3 (ppm), allows the continuous solution process to produce optional third ethylene interpolymers that differ widely in melt index, hereafter I 2 3 .
  • the amount of optional hydrogen added to R 3 ranges from about 50 ppm to 0 ppm, in some cases from about 25 ppm to 0 ppm, in other cases from about 10 to 0 and in still other cases from about 2 ppm to 0 ppm.
  • the upper limit on I 2 3 may be about 2000 dg/min; in some cases about 1500 dg/min; in other cases about 1000 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 500 dg/min.
  • the lower limit on I 2 3 may be about 0.5 dg/min, in some cases about 0.6 dg/min, in other cases about 0.7 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.8 dg/min.
  • the upper limit on the weight percent (wt %) of the optional third ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 30 wt %, in other cases about 25 wt % and in still other cases about 20 wt %.
  • the lower limit on the wt % of the optional third ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be 0 wt %; in other cases about 5 wt % and in still other cases about 10 wt %.
  • the upper limit on the density of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.975 g/cm 3 ; in some cases about 0.965 g/cm 3 and; in other cases about 0.955 g/cm 3 .
  • the lower limit on the density of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.869 g/cm 3 , in some cases about 0.879 g/cm 3 , and; in other cases about 0.889 g/cm 3 .
  • the upper limit on the CDBI 50 of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 97%, in other cases about 90% and in still other cases about 85%.
  • An ethylene interpolymer product with a CDBI 50 of 97% may result if an ⁇ -olefin is not added to the continuous solution polymerization process; in this case, the ethylene interpolymer product is an ethylene homopolymer.
  • the lower limit on the CDBI 50 of an ethylene interpolymer may be about 20%, in other cases about 40% and in still other cases about 60%.
  • the upper limit on the M w /M n of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 25, in other cases about 15 and in still other cases about 9.
  • the lower limit on the M w /M n of the ethylene interpolymer product may be 2.0, in other cases about 2.2 and in still other cases about 2.4.
  • the catalyst residues in the ethylene interpolymer product reflect the chemical compositions of: the single-site catalyst formulation employed in R 1 ; the first heterogeneous catalyst formulation employed in R 2 , and; optionally the first or optionally the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulation employed in R 3 .
  • catalyst residues were quantified by measuring the parts per million of catalytic metal in the ethylene interpolymer products.
  • the elemental quantities (ppm) of magnesium, chlorine and aluminum were quantified.
  • Catalytic metals originate from two or optionally three sources, specifically: 1) “metal A” that originates from component (i) that was used to form the single-site catalyst formulation; (2) “metal B” that originates from the first component (vii) that was used to form the first heterogeneous catalyst formulation, and; (3) optionally “metal C” that originates from the second component (vii) that was used to form the optional second heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
  • Metals A, B and C may be the same or different.
  • total catalytic metal is equivalent to the sum of catalytic metals A+B+C.
  • first total catalytic metal” and “second total catalyst metal” are used to differentiate between the amount of catalytic metal in the first and second ethylene interpolymer.
  • the upper limit on the ppm of metal A in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.6 ppm, in other cases about 0.5 ppm and in still other cases about 0.4 ppm.
  • the lower limit on the ppm of metal A in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.001 ppm, in other cases about 0.01 ppm and in still other cases about 0.03 ppm.
  • the upper limit on the ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 11 ppm, in other cases about 9 ppm and in still other cases about 7 ppm.
  • the lower limit on the ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 2 ppm, in other cases about 3 ppm and in still other cases about 4 ppm.
  • ethylene interpolymers may be produced where the catalytic metals (metals A, B and C) are the same metal; a non-limiting example would be titanium.
  • the ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product is calculated using equation (VII):
  • ppm (B+C) ((ppm (A+B+C) ⁇ ( f A ⁇ ppm A ))/(1 ⁇ f A ) (VII)
  • ppm (B+C) is the calculated ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product
  • ppm (A+B+C) is the total ppm of catalyst residue in the ethylene interpolymer product as measured experimentally, i.e. (metal A ppm+metal B ppm+metal C ppm)
  • f A represents the weight fraction of the first ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product, f A may vary from about 0.15 to about 0.6
  • ppm A represents the ppm of metal A in the first ethylene interpolymer.
  • equation (VII) ppm A is assumed to be 0.35 ppm.
  • Embodiments of the ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein have lower catalyst residues relative to the polyethylene polymers described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,277,931.
  • Higher catalyst residues in U.S. Pat. No. 6,277,931 increase the complexity of the continuous solution polymerization process; an example of increased complexity includes additional purification steps to remove catalyst residues from the polymer. In contrast, in the present disclosure, catalyst residues are not removed.
  • the upper limit on the “total catalytic metal”, i.e., the total ppm of (metal A ppm+metal B ppm+optional metal C ppm) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 11 ppm, in other cases about 9 ppm and in still other cases about 7, and; the lower limit on the total ppm of catalyst residuals (metal A+metal B+optional metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 2 ppm, in other cases about 3 ppm and in still other cases about 4 ppm.
  • the upper limit on melt index of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 500 dg/min, in some cases about 400 dg/min; in other cases about 300 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 200 dg/min.
  • the lower limit on the melt index of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.3 dg/min, in some cases about 0.4 dg/min; in other cases about 0.5 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.6 dg/min.
  • Example 13 A computer generated ethylene interpolymer product is illustrated in Table 3; this simulations was based on fundamental kinetic models (with kinetic constants specific for each catalyst formulation) as well as feed and reactor conditions. The simulation was based on the configuration of the solution pilot plant described below; which was used to produce the examples of ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein. Simulated Example 13 was synthesized using a single-site catalyst formulation (PIC-1) in R 1 and an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation in R 2 and R 3 .
  • PIC-1 single-site catalyst formulation
  • R 1 an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation
  • Table 7 discloses a non-limiting example of the density, melt index and molecular weights of the first, second and third ethylene interpolymers produced in the three reactors (R 1 , R 2 and R 3 ); these three interpolymers are combined to produce Simulated Example 13 (the ethylene polymer product).
  • the Simulated Example 13 product has a density of 0.9169 g/cm 3 , a melt index of 1.0 dg/min, a branch frequency of 12.1 (the number of C 6 -branches per 1000 carbon atoms (1-octene comonomer)) and a M w /M n of 3.11.
  • Simulated Example 13 comprises: a first, second and third ethylene interpolymer having a first, second and third melt index of 0.31 dg/min, 1.92 dg/min and 4.7 dg/min, respectively; a first, second and third density of 0.9087 g/cm 3 , 0.9206 g/cm 3 and 0.9154 g/cm 3 , respectively; a first, second and third M w /M n of 2.03 M w /M n , 3.29 M w /M n and 3.28 M w /M n , respectively, and; a first, second and third CDBI 50 of 90 to 95%, 55 to 60% and 45 to 55%, respectively.
  • the simulated production rate of Simulated Example 13 was 90.9 kg/hr and the R 3 exit temperature was 217.1° C.
  • Tables 1A through 1C summarize solution process conditions used to produce ethylene interpolymer products Example 6 and 7, as well as Comparative Example 3; the target melt index and density targets of these samples were 0.60 dg/min and 0.915 g/cm 3 .
  • Example 6 and 7 were produced using a single-site catalyst in R 1 and an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst in R 2 .
  • Comparative Example 3 was produced using a single-site catalyst in both reactors R 1 and R 2 .
  • Table 1A-1C show higher production rates (kg/h) for Examples 6 and 7, relative to Comparative Example 3.
  • ethylene interpolymer products were produced at 85.2 and 94 kg/h, respectively; 13% and 24% higher, respectively, relative to Comparative Example 3 at 75.6 kg/h.
  • Examples 6 and 7 are two non-limiting embodiments of this disclosure; selected physical properties of Examples 6 and 7 are summarized in Table 2.
  • Example 6 is an ethylene interpolymer product that has a Dilution Index (Y d ) of 4.69; a Dimensionless Modulus (X d ) of ⁇ 0.08; 5.2 ppm of total catalytic metal (titanium), and; 0.038 terminal vinyls/100 carbon atoms.
  • the Dilution Index (Y d ) and Dimensionless Modulus (X d ) are fully described in the next section of this disclosure.
  • FIG. 3 the Dilution Index (Y d , having dimensions of ° (degrees)) and Dimensionless Modulus (X d ) are plotted for several embodiments of the ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein (the solid symbols), as well as comparative ethylene interpolymer products, i.e., Comparative A, D, E and S. Further, FIG. 3 defines the following three quadrants:
  • Comparative S is an ethylene interpolymer product comprising an ethylene interpolymer synthesized using an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst in one solution reactor, i.e. SCLAIR® FP120-C which is an ethylene/1-octene interpolymer available from NOVA Chemicals Company (Calgary, Alberta, Canada).
  • Comparatives D and E are ethylene interpolymer products comprising a first ethylene interpolymer synthesized using a single-site catalyst formation and a second ethylene interpolymer synthesized using a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation employing a dual reactor solution process, i.e. Elite® 5100G and Elite® 5400G, respectively, both ethylene/1-octene interpolymers available from The Dow Chemical Company (Midland, Mich., USA).
  • Comparative A (open square, Y d >0 and X d ⁇ 0) was an ethylene interpolymer product comprising a first and second ethylene interpolymer synthesized using a single-site catalyst formation in a dual reactor solution process, i.e., SURPASS® FPs117-C which is an ethylene/1-octene interpolymer available from NOVA Chemicals Company (Calgary, Alberta, Canada).
  • blends of ethylene interpolymers may exhibit a hierarchical structure in the melt phase.
  • the ethylene interpolymer components may be, or may not be, homogeneous down to the molecular level depending on interpolymer miscibility and the physical history of the blend.
  • Such hierarchical physical structure in the melt is expected to have a strong impact on flow and hence on processing and converting; as well as the end-use properties of manufactured articles.
  • the nature of this hierarchical physical structure between interpolymers can be characterized.
  • the hierarchical physical structure of ethylene interpolymers can be characterized using melt rheology.
  • a convenient method can be based on the small amplitude frequency sweep tests.
  • Such rheology results are expressed as the phase angle ⁇ as a function of complex modulus G*, referred to as van Gurp-Palmen plots (as described in M. Van Gurp, J. Palmen, Rheol. Bull. (1998) 67(1): 5-8, and; Dealy J, Plazek D. Rheol. Bull. (2009) 78(2): 16-31).
  • van Gurp-Palmen plots as described in M. Van Gurp, J. Palmen, Rheol. Bull. (1998) 67(1): 5-8, and; Dealy J, Plazek D. Rheol. Bull. (2009) 78(2): 16-31).
  • the phase angle S increases toward its upper bound of 90° with G* becoming sufficiently low.
  • a typical VGP plot is shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the VGP plots are a signature of resin architecture.
  • the rise of ⁇ toward 90° is monotonic for an ideally linear, monodisperse interpolymer.
  • the S(G*) for a branched interpolymer or a blend containing a branched interpolymer may show an inflection point that reflects the topology of the branched interpolymer (see S. Trinkle, P. Walter, C. Friedrich, Rheo. Acta (2002) 41: 103-113).
  • the deviation of the phase angle ⁇ from the monotonic rise may indicate a deviation from the ideal linear interpolymer either due to presence of long chain branching if the inflection point is low (e.g., ⁇ 20°) or a blend containing at least two interpolymers having dissimilar branching structure if the inflection point is high (e.g., ⁇ 70 ⁇ ).
  • the coordinates (G c *, ⁇ c ) are compared to a reference sample of interest to form the following two parameters:
  • the Dilution Index (Y d ) reflects whether the blend behaves like a simple blend of linear ethylene interpolymers (lacking hierarchical structure in the melt) or shows a distinctive response that reflects a hierarchical physical structure within the melt. The lower the Y d , the more the sample shows separate responses from the ethylene interpolymers that comprise the blend; the higher the Y d the more the sample behaves like a single component, or single ethylene interpolymer.
  • Type I (upper left quadrant) ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure (solid symbols) have Y d >0; in contrast, Type III (lower right quadrant) comparative ethylene interpolymers, Comparative D and E have Y d ⁇ 0.
  • the first ethylene interpolymer (single-site catalyst) and the second ethylene interpolymer (in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst) behave as a simple blend of two ethylene interpolymers and a hierarchical structure within the melt does not exist.
  • the melt comprising a first ethylene interpolymer (single-site catalyst) and a second ethylene interpolymer (batch Ziegler Natta catalyst) possesses a hierarchical structure.
  • the ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure fall into one of two quadrants: Type I with X d ⁇ 0, or; Type II with X d >0.
  • the Dimensionless Modulus (X d ) reflects differences (relative to the reference sample) that are related to the overall molecular weight, molecular weight distribution (M w /M n ) and short chain branching.
  • the Dimensionless Modulus (X d ) may be considered to be related to the M w /M n and the radius of gyration ( ⁇ R g >2) of the ethylene interpolymer in the melt; conceptually, increasing X d has similar effects as increasing M w /M n and/or ⁇ R g >2, without the risk of including lower molecular weight fraction and sacrificing certain related properties.
  • Comparative A comprises a first and second ethylene interpolymer synthesized with a single-site catalyst
  • the solution process disclosed herein enables the manufacture of ethylene interpolymer products having higher X d .
  • X d increases the macromolecular coils of higher molecular weight fraction are more expanded (conceptually higher ⁇ R g >2) and upon crystallization the probability of tie chain formation is increased resulting in higher toughness properties; the polyethylene art is replete with disclosures that correlate higher toughness (higher dart impact in film applications and improved ESCR and/or PENT in molding applications) with an increasing probability of tie chain formation.
  • the upper limit on Y d may be about 20, in some cases about 15 and is other cases about 13.
  • the lower limit on Y d may be about ⁇ 30, in some cases ⁇ 25, in other cases ⁇ 20 and in still other cases ⁇ 15.
  • the upper limit on X d is 1.0, in some cases about 0.95 and in other cases about 0.9.
  • the lower limit on X d is ⁇ 2, in some cases ⁇ 1.5 and in still other cases ⁇ 1.0.
  • the ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure are further characterized by a terminal vinyl unsaturation greater than or equal to 0.03 terminal vinyl groups per 100 carbon atoms ( ⁇ 0.03 terminal vinyls/100 C); as determine via Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy according to ASTM ASTM D3124-98 and ASTM D6248-98.
  • FTIR Fourier Transform Infrared
  • FIG. 6 compares the terminal vinyl/100 C content of the ethylene interpolymers of this disclosure with several Comparatives.
  • the data shown in FIG. 6 is also tabulated in Tables 5A and 5B.
  • All of the comparatives in FIG. 6 and Tables 5A and 5B are Elite® products available from The Dow Chemical Company (Midland, Mich., USA); Elite products are ethylene interpolymers produced in a dual reactor solution process and comprise an interpolymer synthesized using a single-site catalyst and an interpolymer synthesized using a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst: Comparative B is Elite 5401G; Comparative C is Elite 5400G; Comparative E and E2 are Elite 5500G; Comparative G is Elite 5960; Comparative H and H2 are Elite 5100G; Comparative I is Elite 5940G, and; Comparative J is Elite 5230G.
  • the average terminal vinyl content in the ethylene interpolymer of this disclosure was 0.045 terminal vinyls/100 C; in contrast, the average terminal vinyl content in the Comparative samples was 0.023 terminal vinyls/100 C.
  • the ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure are further characterized by having ⁇ 3 parts per million (ppm) of total catalytic metal (Ti); where the quantity of catalytic metal was determined by Neutron Activation Analysis (N.A.A.) as specified herein.
  • FIG. 7 compares the total catalytic metal content of the disclosed ethylene interpolymers with several Comparatives; FIG. 7 data is also tabulated in Tables 6A and 6B. All of the comparatives in FIG. 7 and Tables 6A and 6B are Elite® products available from The Dow Chemical Company (Midland, Mich., USA), for additional detail see the section above.
  • the average total catalytic metal content in the ethylene interpolymers of this disclosure was 7.02 ppm of titanium; in contrast, the average total catalytic metal content in the Comparative samples was 1.63 ppm of titanium.
  • Ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein may be converted into a wide variety of flexible manufactured articles.
  • Non-limiting examples include monolayer or multilayer films. Such films are well known to those of ordinary sill in the art.
  • Non-limiting examples of processes to prepare such films include blown film and cast film processes.
  • the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products may be converted into films that span a wide range of thicknesses.
  • Non-limiting examples include, food packaging films where thicknesses may range from about 0.5 mil (13 ⁇ m) to about 4 mil (102 ⁇ m), and; in heavy duty sack applications film thickness may range from about 2 mil (51 ⁇ m) to about 10 mil (254 ⁇ m).
  • the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products may be used in monolayer films; where the monolayer comprises one or more of the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products and optionally additional thermoplastics; non-limiting examples of thermoplastics include ethylene polymers and propylene polymers.
  • the lower limit on the weight percent of the ethylene interpolymer product in a monolayer film may be about 3 wt %, in other cases about 10 wt % and in still other cases about 30 wt %.
  • the upper limit on the weight percent of the ethylene interpolymer product in the monolayer film may be 100 wt %, in other cases about 90 wt % and in still other cases about 70 wt %.
  • the ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein may also be used in one or more layers of a multilayer film; non-limiting examples of multilayer films include three, five, seven, nine, eleven or more layers.
  • the thickness of a specific layer (containing one or more ethylene interpolymer product(s)) within the multilayer film may be about 5%, in other cases about 15% and in still other cases about 30% of the total multilayer film thickness. In other embodiments, the thickness of a specific layer (containing one or more ethylene interpolymer product(s)) within the multilayer film may be about 95%, in other cases about 80% and in still other cases about 65% of the total multilayer film thickness.
  • Each individual layer of a multilayer film may contain more than one ethylene interpolymer product and/or additional thermoplastics.
  • Additional embodiments include laminations and coatings, wherein mono or multilayer films containing the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products are extrusion laminated or adhesively laminated or extrusion coated.
  • extrusion lamination or adhesive lamination two or more substrates are bonded together with a thermoplastic or an adhesive, respectively.
  • extrusion coating a thermoplastic is applied to the surface of a substrate.
  • the ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein can be used in a wide range of manufactured articles comprising one or more films (monolayer or multilayer).
  • manufactured articles include: food packaging films (fresh and frozen foods, liquids and granular foods), stand-up pouches, retortable packaging and bag-in-box packaging; barrier films (oxygen, moisture, aroma, oil, etc.) and modified atmosphere packaging; light and heavy duty shrink films and wraps, collation shrink film, pallet shrink film, shrink bags, shrink bundling and shrink shrouds; light and heavy duty stretch films, hand stretch wrap, machine stretch wrap and stretch hood films; high clarity films; heavy-duty sacks; household wrap, overwrap films and sandwich bags; industrial and institutional films, trash bags, can liners, magazine overwrap, newspaper bags, mail bags, sacks and envelopes, bubble wrap, carpet film, furniture bags, garment bags, coin bags, auto panel films; medical applications such as gowns, draping and surgical garb; construction films and sheeting, asphalt films, insulation bags,
  • Additional manufactured articles comprising one or more films containing at least one ethylene interpolymer product include laminates and/or multilayer films; sealants and tie layers in multilayer films and composites; laminations with paper; aluminum foil laminates or laminates containing vacuum deposited aluminum; polyamide laminates; polyester laminates; extrusion coated laminates, and; hot-melt adhesive formulations.
  • the manufactured articles summarized in this paragraph contain at least one film (monolayer or multilayer) comprising at least one embodiment of the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products.
  • the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products have performance attributes that are advantageous in many flexible applications.
  • the performance attribute(s) required depends on how the film will be used, i.e., the specific film application the film is employed in.
  • the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products have a desirable balance of properties.
  • the disclosed ethylene interpolymers have one or more of: higher stiffness (e.g. tensile and/or flex modulus); higher toughness properties (e.g., impact and puncture); higher heat deflection temperatures; higher Vicat softening point; improved color (WI and YI); higher melt strength, and; improved heat sealing properties (e.g., heat sealing and hot tack).
  • the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products may be converted into a wide variety of rigid manufactured articles, non-limiting examples include: deli containers, margarine tubs, drink cups and produce trays, bottle cap liners and bottle caps (for carbonated or non-carbonated fluids), closures (including closures with living hinge functionality), household and industrial containers, cups, bottles, pails, crates, tanks, drums, bumpers, lids, industrial bulk containers, industrial vessels, material handling containers, toys, bins, playground equipment, recreational equipment, boats, marine equipment, safety equipment (helmets), wire and cable applications such as power cables, communication cables and conduits, flexible tubing and hoses, pipe applications including both pressure pipe and non-pressure pipe markets (e.g., natural gas distribution, water mains, interior plumbing, storm sewer, sanitary sewer, corrugated pipes and conduit), foamed articles manufactured from foamed sheet or bun foam, military packaging (equipment and ready meals), personal care packaging, diapers and sanitary products, cosmetic/pharmaceutical/medical packaging, truck bed liners,
  • the rigid manufactured articles summarized above contain one or more of the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products or a blend of at least one ethylene interpolymer product with at least one other thermoplastic. Further, the rigid manufactured articles summarized above may be multilayer, comprising at least one layer comprising one or more ethylene interpolymer product or a blend of at least one ethylene interpolymer product with at least one other thermoplastic. Such rigid manufactured articles may be fabricated using the following non-limiting processes: injection molding, compression molding, blow molding, rotomolding, profile extrusion, pipe extrusion, sheet thermoforming and foaming processes employing chemical or physical blowing agents.
  • the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products have performance attributes that are advantageous in many rigid applications.
  • the specific performance attribute required depends on how the article will be used, i.e., the specific application.
  • the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products have a desirable balance of properties.
  • the disclosed ethylene interpolymers have one or more of: higher stiffness (e.g., flexural modulus); higher toughness properties (e.g., ESCR, PENT, IZOD impact, arm impact, Dynatup impact or Charpy impact resistance); higher melt strength, higher heat deflection temperature; higher Vicat softening temperatures, improved color (WI and YI), and; faster crystallization rates.
  • additives and adjuvants include, anti-blocking agents, antioxidants, heat stabilizers, slip agents, processing aids, anti-static additives, colorants, dyes, filler materials, light stabilizers, heat stabilizers, light absorbers, lubricants, pigments, plasticizers, nucleating agents and combinations thereof.
  • suitable primary antioxidants include Irganox 1010 [CAS Reg. No. 6683-19-8] and Irganox 1076 [CAS Reg. No. 2082-79-3]; both available from BASF Corporation, Florham Park, N.J., U.S.A.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable secondary antioxidants include Irgafos 168 [CAS Reg. No. 31570-04-4], available from BASF Corporation, Florham Park, N.J., U.S.A.; Weston 705 [CAS Reg. No. 939402-02-5], available from Addivant, Danbury Conn., U.S.A. and; Doverphos Igp-11 [CAS Reg. No. 1227937-46-3] available form Dover Chemical Corporation, Dover Ohio, U.S.A.
  • each specimen was conditioned for at least 24 hours at 23 ⁇ 2C and 50 ⁇ 10% relative humidity and subsequent testing was conducted at 23 ⁇ 2° C. and 50 ⁇ 10% relative humidity.
  • ASTM conditions refers to a laboratory that is maintained at 23 ⁇ 2C and 50 ⁇ 10% relative humidity; and specimens to be tested were conditioned for at least 24 hours in this laboratory prior to testing.
  • ASTM refers to the American Society for Testing and Materials.
  • Ethylene interpolymer product densities were determined using ASTM D792-13 (Nov. 1, 2013).
  • Ethylene interpolymer product melt index was determined using ASTM D1238 (Aug. 1, 2013). Melt indexes, I 2 , I 6 , I 10 and I 21 were measured at 190° C., using weights of 2.16 kg, 6.48 kg, 10 kg and a 21.6 kg respectively. Melt index is commonly report with units of g/10 minute or dg/minute; these units are equivalent and the latter was used in this disclosure.
  • stress exponent or its acronym “S.Ex.”, is defined by the following relationship:
  • melt index was expressed using the units of g/10 minute or g/10 min or dg/minute or dg/min; these units are equivalent.
  • Ethylene interpolymer product molecular weights M n , M w and M z , as well the as the polydispersity (M w /M n ), were determined using ASTM D6474-12 (Dec. 15, 2012). This method illuminates the molecular weight distributions of ethylene interpolymer products by high temperature gel permeation chromatography (GPC). The method uses commercially available polystyrene standards to calibrate the GPC.
  • the quantity of unsaturated groups, i.e. double bonds, in an ethylene interpolymer product was determined according to ASTM D3124-98 (vinylidene unsaturation, published March 2011) and ASTM D6248-98 (vinyl and trans unsaturation, published July 2012).
  • An ethylene interpolymer sample was: a) first subjected to a carbon disulfide extraction to remove additives that may interfere with the analysis; b) the sample (pellet, film or granular form) was pressed into a plaque of uniform thickness (0.5 mm), and; c) the plaque was analyzed by FTIR.
  • the quantity of comonomer in an ethylene interpolymer product was determined by FTIR (Fourier Transform Infrared spectroscopy) according to ASTM D6645-01 (published January 2010).
  • CDBI Composition Distribution Branching Index
  • the “Composition Distribution Branching Index” or “CDBI” of the disclosed Examples and Comparative Examples were determined using a crystal-TREF unit commercially available form Polymer ChAR (Valencia, Spain).
  • the acronym “TREF” refers to Temperature Rising Elution Fractionation.
  • a sample of ethylene interpolymer product (80 to 100 mg) was placed in the reactor of the Polymer ChAR crystal-TREF unit, the reactor was filled with 35 ml of 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene (TCB), heated to 150° C. and held at this temperature for 2 hours to dissolve the sample.
  • TBCB 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene
  • a TREF distribution curve was generated as the ethylene interpolymer product was eluted from the TREF column, i.e., a TREF distribution curve is a plot of the quantity (or intensity) of ethylene interpolymer eluting from the column as a function of TREF elution temperature.
  • a CDBI 50 was calculated from the TREF distribution curve for each ethylene interpolymer product analyzed.
  • the “CDBI 50 ” is defined as the percent of ethylene interpolymer whose composition is within 50% of the median comonomer composition (25% on each side of the median comonomer composition); it is calculated from the TREF composition distribution curve and the normalized cumulative integral of the TREF composition distribution curve.
  • a calibration curve is required to convert a TREF elution temperature to comonomer content, i.e. the amount of comonomer in the ethylene interpolymer fraction that elutes at a specific temperature. The generation of such calibration curves are described in the prior art, e.g., Wild, et al., J. Polym. Sci., Part B, Polym. Phys., Vol. 20 (3), pages 441-455: hereby fully incorporated by reference.
  • NAA Neutron Activation Analysis
  • NAA Neutron Activation Analysis
  • the average thermal neutron flux within the reactor was 5 ⁇ 10 11 /cm 2 /s.
  • samples were withdrawn from the reactor and aged, allowing the radioactivity to decay; short half-life elements were aged for 300 seconds or long half-life elements were aged for several days.
  • the gamma-ray spectrum of the sample was recorded using a germanium semiconductor gamma-ray detector (Ortec model GEM55185, Advanced Measurement Technology Inc., Oak Ridge, Tenn., USA) and a multichannel analyzer (Ortec model DSPEC Pro). The amount of each element in the sample was calculated from the gamma-ray spectrum and recorded in parts per million relative to the total weight of the ethylene interpolymer sample.
  • the Y d and X d data generated are summarized in Table 4.
  • the flow properties of the ethylene interpolymer products e.g., the melt strength and melt flow ratio (MFR) are well characterized by the Dilution Index (Y d ) and the Dimensionless Modulus (X d ) as detailed below.
  • MFR melt strength and melt flow ratio
  • Y d Dilution Index
  • X d Dimensionless Modulus
  • melt strength (hereafter MS) values of the disclosed Examples and the Comparative Examples were found to follow the same equation, confirming that the characteristic VGP point (( ⁇ square root over (2) ⁇ )G c */G x *, ⁇ c ) and the derived regrouped coordinates (X d , Y d ) represent the structure well:
  • MS a 00 +a 10 log ⁇ 0 ⁇ a 20 (90 ⁇ c ) ⁇ a 30 (( ⁇ square root over (2) ⁇ )G c */G x *) ⁇ a 40 (90 ⁇ c )(( ⁇ square root over (2) ⁇ )G c */G x *)
  • polymerization process and catalyst formulations disclosed herein allow the production of ethylene interpolymer products that can be converted into flexible manufactured articles that have a unique balance of physical properties (i.e. several end-use properties can be balanced (as desired) through multidimensional optimization); relative to comparative polyethylenes of comparable density and melt index.
  • Examples of the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products were produced in a continuous solution polymerization pilot plant comprising reactors arranged in series configuration. Methylpentane was used as the process solvent (a commercial blend of methylpentane isomers).
  • the volume of the first CSTR reactor (R 1 ) was 3.2 gallons (12 L)
  • the volume of the second CSTR reactor (R 2 ) was 5.8 gallons (22 L)
  • the volume of the tubular reactor (R 3 ) was 4.8 gallons (18 L).
  • Examples of ethylene interpolymer products were produced using an R 1 pressure from about 14 MPa to about 18 MPa; R 2 was operated at a lower pressure to facilitate continuous flow from R 1 to R 2 .
  • R 1 and R 2 were operated in series mode, wherein the first exit stream from R 1 flows directly into R 2 . Both CSTR's were agitated to give conditions in which the reactor contents were well mixed. The process was operated continuously by feeding fresh process solvent, ethylene, 1-octene and hydrogen to the reactors.
  • the single site catalyst components used were: component (i), cyclopentadienyl tri(tertiary butyl)phosphinimine titanium dichloride, (Cp[(t-Bu) 3 PN]TiCl 2 ), hereafter PIC-1; component (ii), methylaluminoxane (MAO-07); component (iii), trityl tetrakis(pentafluoro-phenyl)borate, and; component (iv), 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-ethylphenol.
  • the single site catalyst component solvents used were methylpentane for components (ii) and (iv) and xylene for components (i) and (iii).
  • R 1 (i) (ppm) The quantity of PIC-1 added to R 1 , “R 1 (i) (ppm)” is shown in Table 1A; to be clear, in Example 6 in Table 1A, the solution in R 1 contained 0.09 ppm of component (i), i.e., PIC-1.
  • the single site catalyst formulation was injected into R 1 using process solvent, the flow rate of this catalyst containing solvent was about 30 kg/hr.
  • the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was prepared from the following components: component (v), butyl ethyl magnesium; component (vi), tertiary butyl chloride; component (vii), titanium tetrachloride; component (viii), diethyl aluminum ethoxide, and; component (ix), triethyl aluminum. Methylpentane was used as the catalyst component solvent.
  • the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was prepared using the following steps.
  • step one a solution of triethylaluminum and dibutylmagnesium ((triethylaluminum)/(dibutylmagnesium) molar ratio of 20) was combined with a solution of tertiary butyl chloride and allowed to react for about 30 seconds (HUT- 1 ); in step two, a solution of titanium tetrachloride was added to the mixture formed in step one and allowed to react for about 14 seconds (HUT- 2 ), and; in step three, the mixture formed in step two was allowed to reactor for an additional 3 seconds (HUT- 3 ) prior to injection into R 2 .
  • the in-line Ziegler-Natta procatalyst formulation was injected into R 2 using process solvent, the flow rate of the catalyst containing solvent was about 49 kg/hr.
  • the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was formed in R 2 by injecting a solution of diethyl aluminum ethoxide into R 2 .
  • the quantity of titanium tetrachloride “R 2 (vii) (ppm)” added to reactor 2 (R 2 ) is shown in Table 1A; to be clear in Example 6 the solution in R 2 contained 3.2 ppm of TiCl 4 .
  • the mole ratios of the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst components are also shown in Table 1A, specifically: R 2 (vi)/(v) mole ratio, i.e., [(tertiary butyl chloride)/(butyl ethyl magnesium)]; R 2 (viii)/(vii) mole ratio, i.e., [(diethyl aluminum ethoxide)/(titanium tetrachloride)], and; R 2 (ix)/(vii) mole ratio, i.e., [(triethyl aluminum)/(titanium tetrachloride)].
  • 100% of the diethyl aluminum ethoxide in stream 10 d , component (viii) was added to reactor 12 a via stream 10 h.
  • Comparative Example 3 a single site catalyst formulation was employed in both reactor 1 and reactor 2 .
  • Relative to Comparative Example 6 the maximum ethylene interpolymer product production rates (kg/h) of Examples 6 and 7, in which a single-site catalyst formulation was used in R 1 and an in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation was used in R 2 , were 19% higher (on average).
  • Example 6 single-site catalyst formulation in R 1 +in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst in R 2
  • the ethylene interpolymer product was produced at a production rate of 85.2 kg/h
  • Comparative Example 3 single-site catalyst formulation in both R 1 and R 2
  • the maximum production rate of the comparative ethylene interpolymer product was 75.6 kg/h.
  • Average residence time of the solvent in a reactor is primarily influenced by the amount of solvent flowing through each reactor and the total amount of solvent flowing through the solution process, the following are representative or typical values for the examples shown in Tables 1A-1C: average reactor residence times were: about 61 seconds in R 1 , about 73 seconds in R 2 and about 50 seconds in R 3 (the volume of R 3 was about 4.8 gallons (18 L)).
  • the catalyst deactivator used was octanoic acid (caprylic acid), commercially available from P&G Chemicals, Cincinnati, Ohio, U.S.A.
  • a two-stage devolitizing process was employed to recover the ethylene interpolymer product from the process solvent, i.e., two vapor/liquid separators were used and the second bottom stream (from the second V/L separator) was passed through a gear pump/pelletizer combination.
  • DHT-4V hydrotalcite
  • a slurry of DHT-4V in process solvent was added prior to the first V/L separator.
  • the molar amount of DHT-4V added was about 10-fold higher than the molar amount of chlorides added to the process; the chlorides added were titanium tetrachloride and tertiary butyl chloride.
  • the ethylene interpolymer product Prior to pelletization the ethylene interpolymer product was stabilized by adding about 500 ppm of Irganox 1076 (a primary antioxidant) and about 500 ppm of Irgafos 168 (a secondary antioxidant), based on weight of the ethylene interpolymer product. Antioxidants were dissolved in process solvent and added between the first and second V/L separators.
  • Tables 1B and 1C disclose additional solution process parameters, e.g. ethylene and 1-octene splits between the reactors, reactor temperatures and ethylene conversions, etc. recorded during the production of Examples 6 and 7 and Comparative Example 3.
  • the targeted ethylene interpolymer product was 0.6 melt index (I 2 ) (ASTM D1239, 2.16 kg load, 190° C.) and 0.915 g/cm 3 (ASTM D792).
  • the single-site catalyst formulation was injected into both reactor R 1 and R 2 and ES R1 was 50%.
  • Example 7 the single site catalyst formulation was injected into R 1 , the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was injected into R 2 and ES R1 was 47%.
  • FTIR, N.A.A. and Dilution Index analysis was performed on Example 6 with the following results: 0.038 terminal vinyls/100 C; 5.2 ppm Ti; 4.69 Y d (Dilution Index), and; ⁇ 0.08 X d (Dimensionless Modulus).
  • FTIR and N.A.A. was performed on Example 7 with the following results: 0.042 terminal vinyls/100 C, and; 7.7 ppm Ti (Example 7 was not submitted for Dilution Index testing).
  • Example 11 0.9113 0.91 24.8 1.24 0.009 0.004 0.037
  • Example 6 0.9152 0.67 23.7 1.23 0.008 0.004 0.038
  • Example 4 0.9154 0.97 37.1 1.33 0.009 0.004 0.047
  • Example 7 0.9155 0.70 25.7 1.24 0.008 0.005 0.042
  • Example 2 0.9160 1.04 27.0 1.26 0.009 0.005 0.048
  • Example 5 0.9163 1.04 25.9 1.23 0.008 0.005 0.042
  • Example 3 0.9164 0.9 29.2 1.27 0.009 0.004 0.049
  • Example 53 0.9164 0.9 29.2 1.27 0.009 0.004 0.049
  • Example 51 0.9165 1.01 28.0 1.26 0.009 0.003 0.049
  • Example 201 0.9165 1.01 27.1 1.22 0.008 0.007 0.048
  • Example 1 0.9169 0.88 23.4 1.23 0.008 0.005
  • Example 8 0.9176 4.64 27.2 1.25 0.009 0.001 0.048
  • Example 42 0.9176 0.99 23.9 1.23 0.007 0.006 0.046
  • Example 102 0.9176 0.97 22.6 1.24 0.007 0.005 0.044
  • Example 54 0.9176 0.94 29.9 1.29 0.009 0.002 0.049
  • Example 41 0.9178 0.93 23.8 1.23 0.007 0.006 0.046
  • Example 44 0.9179 0.93 23.4 1.23 0.007 0.007 0.045
  • Example 9 0.9190 0.91 40.3 1.38 0.008 0.003 0.052
  • Example 200 0.9250 1.04 24.2 1.24 0.006 0.005 0.050
  • Example 60 0.9381 4.57 22.2 1.23 0.005 0.002 0.053
  • Example 61 0.9396 4.82 20.2 1.23 0.002 0.002 0.053
  • Example 62 0.9426 3.5 25.4 1.26 0.002 0.002 0.052
  • Example 70 0.9468 1.9 3
  • N.A.A Elemental Density Melt Index I 2 Analysis (ppm) Sample Code (g/cm 3 ) (dg/min) Ti Mg Cl Al Example 4 0.9154 0.97 9.6 287 45 140 Example 5 0.9163 1.04 6.7 261 70 131 Example 6 0.9152 0.67 5.2 245 48 119 Example 7 0.9155 0.70 7.7 365 102 177 Example 8 0.9176 4.64 7.6 234 86 117 Example 9 0.9190 0.91 6.4 199 78 99 Example 51 0.9165 1.01 5.9 207 73 106 Example 52 0.9169 0.85 5.2 229 104 112 Example 53 0.9164 0.90 7.3 347 101 167 Example 54 0.9176 0.94 7.5 295 100 146 Example 55 0.9170 0.91 7.1 189 101 90 Example 41 0.9178 0.93 7.2 199 103 92 Example 42 0.9176 0.99 7.5

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
  • Transition And Organic Metals Composition Catalysts For Addition Polymerization (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Manufacture Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)
  • Graft Or Block Polymers (AREA)

Abstract

This disclosure relates to ethylene interpolymer compositions. Specifically, ethylene interpolymer products having: a Dilution Index (Yd) greater than 0; total catalytic metal ≥3.0 ppm; ≥0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms, and; optionally a Dimensionless Modulus (Xd) greater than 0. The disclosed ethylene interpolymer products have a melt index from about 0.3 to about 500 dg/minute, a density from about 0.869 to about 0.975 g/cm3, a polydispersity (Mw/Mn) from about 2 to about 25 and a CDBI50 from about 20% to about 97%. Further, the ethylene interpolymer products are a blend of at least two ethylene interpolymers; where one ethylene interpolymer is produced with a single-site catalyst formulation and at least one ethylene interpolymer is produced with a heterogeneous catalyst formulation.

Description

    FIELD
  • This disclosure relates to ethylene interpolymer products manufactured in a continuous solution polymerization process utilizing at least two reactors employing at least one single-site catalyst formulation and at least one heterogeneous catalyst formulation to produce ethylene interpolymer products having improved properties.
  • BACKGROUND
  • Solution polymerization processes are typically carried out at temperatures above the melting point of the ethylene interpolymer being synthesized. In a typical solution polymerization process, catalyst components, solvent, monomers and hydrogen are fed under pressure to one or more reactors.
  • For ethylene homo polymerization, or ethylene copolymerization, reactor temperatures can range from about 80° C. to about 300° C. while pressures generally range from about 3 MPag to about 45 MPag and the ethylene interpolymer produced is dissolved in a solvent. The residence time of the solvent in the reactor is relatively short, for example, from about 1 second to about 20 minutes. The solution process can be operated under a wide range of process conditions that allow the production of a wide variety of ethylene interpolymers. Post reactor, the polymerization reaction is quenched to prevent further polymerization, by adding a catalyst deactivator, and passivated, by adding an acid scavenger. Once passivated, the polymer solution is forwarded to a polymer recovery operation where the ethylene interpolymer product is separated from process solvent, unreacted residual ethylene and unreacted optional α-olefin(s).
  • The polymer industry is in constant need of improved ethylene interpolymer products in flexible film applications, non-limiting examples include food packaging, shrink and stretch films. The inventive ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein have performance attributes that are advantageous in many film applications. Elaborating, relative to competitive polyethylenes of similar density and melt index, some embodiments of the disclosed ethylene interpolymers after converting into films have one or more of: higher stiffness (e.g., tensile and/or flex modulus); higher toughness properties (e.g. impact and puncture); higher heat deflection temperatures; higher Vicat softening point; improved color (WI and YI); higher melt strength, and; improved heat sealing properties (e.g., heat sealing and hot tack). These recited performance attributes are not to be construed as limiting.
  • The polymer industry is also in need of improved ethylene interpolymer products for rigid applications; non-limiting examples include containers, lids, caps and toys, etc. The inventive ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein have performance attributes that are advantageous in many rigid applications. Elaborating, relative to competitive polyethylenes of similar density and melt index, some embodiments of the disclosed ethylene interpolymers have one or more of: higher stiffness (e.g. flexural modulus); higher toughness properties (e.g., ESCR, PENT, IZOD impact, arm impact, Dynatup impact or Charpy impact resistance); higher melt strength, higher heat deflection temperature; higher Vicat softening temperatures, improved color (WI and YI), and; faster crystallization rates (recited performance attributes are not to be construed as limiting).
  • Further, the polymerization process and catalyst formulations disclosed herein allow the production of ethylene interpolymer products that can be converted into flexible or rigid manufactured articles that have a unique balance of physical properties (i.e., several end-use properties can be balanced (as desired) through multidimensional optimization); relative to comparative polyethylenes of comparable density and melt index.
  • SUMMARY OF DISCLOSURE
  • This Application claims priority to Canadian Patent Application No. CA 2,868,640, filed Oct. 21, 2014 and entitled “SOLUTION POLYMERIZATION PROCESS”.
  • One embodiment of this disclosure is an ethylene interpolymer product comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0.
  • One embodiment of this disclosure is an ethylene interpolymer product comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer has ≥0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms.
  • One embodiment of this disclosure is an ethylene interpolymer product comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has ≥3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal.
  • Further embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0 and ≥0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms or ≥3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal or a Dimensionless Modulus, Xd, >0.
  • Further embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has ≥0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms and ≥3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal or a Dimensionless Modulus, Xd, >0.
  • One embodiments of this disclosure includes and ethylene interpolymer product comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has ≥3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal and a Dimensionless Modulus, Xd, >0.
  • Further embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0 and ≥0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms and ≥3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal or a Dimensionless Modulus, Xd, >0.
  • Additional embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dimensionless Modulus, Xd, >0 and ≥3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal and a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0 or ≥0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms
  • One embodiment of this disclosure includes ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0, a Dimensionless Modulus, Xd, >0, ≥3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal and ≥0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms.
  • Additional embodiments include ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index from about 0.3 to about 500 dg/minute, a density from about 0.869 to about 0.975 g/cm3, a Mw/Mn from about 2 to about 25 and a CDBI50 from about 20% to about 98%; where melt index is measured according to ASTM D1238 (2.16 kg load and 190° C.) and density is measured according to ASTM D792.
  • Further embodiments include ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) from about 15 to about 60 weight percent of a first ethylene interpolymer having a melt index from about 0.01 to about 200 dg/minute and a density from about 0.855 g/cm3 to about 0.975 g/cm3; (ii) from about 30 to about 85 weight percent of a second ethylene interpolymer having a melt index from about 0.3 to about 1000 dg/minute and a density from about 0.89 g/cm3 to about 0.975 g/cm3, and; (iii) optionally from about 0 to about 30 weight percent of a third ethylene interpolymer having a melt index from about 0.5 to about 2000 dg/minute and a density from about 0.89 to about 0.975 g/cm3; where weight percent is the weight of the first, second or third ethylene polymer divided by the weight of ethylene interpolymer product.
  • Embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products synthesized in a solution polymerization process. Embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products comprising from 0 to about 10 mole percent of one or more α-olefins.
  • Further embodiments ethylene interpolymer products where the first ethylene interpolymer is synthesized using a single-site catalyst formulation. In other embodiments the second ethylene interpolymer is synthesized using a first heterogeneous catalyst formulation. Embodiments also include ethylene interpolymers where the third ethylene interpolymer is synthesized using a first heterogeneous catalyst formulation or a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation. The second ethylene interpolymer may also be synthesized using a first in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation or a first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation; optionally, the third ethylene interpolymer is synthesized using the first in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation or the first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation. The optional third ethylene interpolymer may be synthesized using a second in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation or a second batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation.
  • Embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products having ≤1 part per million (ppm) of a metal A; where metal A originates from the single-site catalyst formulation; non-limiting examples of metal A include titanium, zirconium or hafnium.
  • Further embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products comprising a metal B and optionally a metal C; where the total amount of metal B and metal C is from about 3 to about 11 parts per million (ppm); where metal B originates from a first heterogeneous catalyst formulation and metal C form an optional second heterogeneous catalyst formation. Metals B and C are independently selected from the following non-limiting examples: titanium, zirconium, hafnium, vanadium, niobium, tantalum, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, manganese, technetium, rhenium, iron, ruthenium or osmium.
  • Additional embodiments of the ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure comprise a first ethylene interpolymer having a first Mw/Mn, a second ethylene interpolymer having a second Mw/Mn and an optional third ethylene having a third Mw/Mn; where the first Mw/Mn is lower than the second Mw/Mn and the third Mw/Mn. Embodiments include ethylene interpolymer products where the blending of the second ethylene interpolymer and the third ethylene interpolymer form an ethylene interpolymer blend having a fourth Mw/Mn; where the fourth Mw/Mn is not broader than the second Mw/Mn. Additional ethylene interpolymer product embodiments are characterized as having both the second Mw/Mn and the third Mw/Mn less than about 4.0.
  • Embodiments include ethylene interpolymer products where the first ethylene interpolymer has a first CDBI50 from about 70 to about 98%, the second ethylene interpolymer has a second CDBI50 from about 45 to about 98% and the optional third ethylene interpolymer has a third CDBI50 from about 35 to about 98%. Additional embodiments include ethylene interpolymer products where the first CDBI50 is higher than the second CDBI50; optionally the first CDBI50 is higher than the third CDBI50.
  • DESCRIPTION OF FIGURES
  • The following Figures are presented for the purpose of illustrating selected embodiments of this disclosure; it being understood, that the embodiments shown do not limit this disclosure.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates a continuous solution polymerization process where an in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation is employed.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a continuous solution polymerization process where a batch heterogeneous catalyst formulation is employed.
  • FIG. 3 is a plot of Dilution Index (Yd) (Yd has dimensions of degrees (°)) and Dimensionless Modulus (Xd) for:
      • Comparative S (open triangle, Yd=Xd=0) is an ethylene interpolymer comprising an ethylene interpolymer synthesized using an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst in a solution process (rheological reference);
      • Examples 6, 101, 102, 103, 110, 115, 200, 201 (solid circle, Yd>0 and Xd<0) are ethylene interpolymer products as described in this disclosure comprising a first ethylene interpolymer synthesized using a single-site catalyst formulation and a second ethylene interpolymer synthesized using an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation in a solution process;
      • Examples 120, 130 and 131 (solid square, Yd>0, Xd>0) are ethylene interpolymer products as described in this disclosure;
      • Comparatives D and E (open diamond, Yd<0, Xd>0) are ethylene interpolymers comprising a first ethylene interpolymer synthesized using a single-site catalyst formation and a second ethylene interpolymer synthesized using a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation in a solution process, and;
      • Comparative A (open square, Yd>0 and Xd<0) is an ethylene interpolymer comprising a first and second ethylene interpolymer synthesized using a single-site catalyst formation in a solution process.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates a typical Van Gurp Palmen (VGP) plot of phase angle [°] versus complex modulus [kPa].
  • FIG. 5 plots the Storage modulus (G′) and loss modulus (G″) showing the cross over frequency Ox and the two decade shift in phase angle to reach ωc c=0.01 ωx).
  • FIG. 6 compares the amount of terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms (terminal vinyl/100 C) in the ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure (solid circles) with Comparatives B, C, E, E2, G, H, H2, I and J (open triangles).
  • FIG. 7 compares the amount of total catalytic metal (ppm) in the ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure (solid circles) with Comparatives B, C, E, E2, G, H, H2, I and J (open triangles).
  • DEFINITION OF TERMS
  • Other than in the examples or where otherwise indicated, all numbers or expressions referring to quantities of ingredients, extrusion conditions, etc., used in the specification and claims are to be understood as modified in all instances by the term “about.” Accordingly, unless indicated to the contrary, the numerical parameters set forth in the following specification and attached claims are approximations that can vary depending upon the desired properties that the various embodiments desire to obtain. At the very least, and not as an attempt to limit the application of the doctrine of equivalents to the scope of the claims, each numerical parameter should at least be construed in light of the number of reported significant digits and by applying ordinary rounding techniques. The numerical values set forth in the specific examples are reported as precisely as possible. Any numerical values, however, inherently contain certain errors necessarily resulting from the standard deviation found in their respective testing measurements.
  • It should be understood that any numerical range recited herein is intended to include all sub-ranges subsumed therein. For example, a range of “1 to 10” is intended to include all sub-ranges between and including the recited minimum value of 1 and the recited maximum value of 10; that is, having a minimum value equal to or greater than 1 and a maximum value of equal to or less than 10. Because the disclosed numerical ranges are continuous, they include every value between the minimum and maximum values. Unless expressly indicated otherwise, the various numerical ranges specified in this application are approximations.
  • All compositional ranges expressed herein are limited in total to and do not exceed 100 percent (volume percent or weight percent) in practice. Where multiple components can be present in a composition, the sum of the maximum amounts of each component can exceed 100 percent, with the understanding that, and as those skilled in the art readily understand, that the amounts of the components actually used will conform to the maximum of 100 percent.
  • In order to form a more complete understanding of this disclosure the following terms are defined and should be used with the accompanying figures and the description of the various embodiments throughout.
  • The term “Dilution Index (Yd)” and “Dimensionless Modulus (Xd)” are based on rheological measurements and are fully described in this disclosure.
  • As used herein, the term “monomer” refers to a small molecule that may chemically react and become chemically bonded with itself or other monomers to form a polymer.
  • As used herein, the term “α-olefin” is used to describe a monomer having a linear hydrocarbon chain containing from 3 to 20 carbon atoms having a double bond at one end of the chain.
  • As used herein, the term “ethylene polymer”, refers to macromolecules produced from ethylene monomers and optionally one or more additional monomers; regardless of the specific catalyst or specific process used to make the ethylene polymer. In the polyethylene art, the one or more additional monomers are called “comonomer(s)” and often include α-olefins. The term “homopolymer” refers to a polymer that contains only one type of monomer. Common ethylene polymers include high density polyethylene (HDPE), medium density polyethylene (MDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), very low density polyethylene (VLDPE), ultralow density polyethylene (ULDPE), plastomer and elastomers. The term ethylene polymer also includes polymers produced in a high pressure polymerization processes; non-limiting examples include low density polyethylene (LDPE), ethylene vinyl acetate copolymers (EVA), ethylene alkyl acrylate copolymers, ethylene acrylic acid copolymers and metal salts of ethylene acrylic acid (commonly referred to as ionomers). The term ethylene polymer also includes block copolymers which may include 2 to 4 comonomers. The term ethylene polymer also includes combinations of, or blends of, the ethylene polymers described above.
  • The term “ethylene interpolymer” refers to a subset of polymers within the “ethylene polymer” group that excludes polymers produced in high pressure polymerization processes; non-limiting examples of polymers produced in high pressure processes include LDPE and EVA (the latter is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate).
  • The term “heterogeneous ethylene interpolymers” refers to a subset of polymers in the ethylene interpolymer group that are produced using a heterogeneous catalyst formulation; non-limiting examples of which include Ziegler-Natta or chromium catalysts.
  • The term “homogeneous ethylene interpolymer” refers to a subset of polymers in the ethylene interpolymer group that are produced using metallocene or single-site catalysts. Typically, homogeneous ethylene interpolymers have narrow molecular weight distributions, for example gel permeation chromatography (GPC) Mw/Mn values of less than 2.8; Mw and Mn refer to weight and number average molecular weights, respectively. In contrast, the Mw/Mn of heterogeneous ethylene interpolymers are typically greater than the Mw/Mn of homogeneous ethylene interpolymers. In general, homogeneous ethylene interpolymers also have a narrow comonomer distribution, i.e., each macromolecule within the molecular weight distribution has a similar comonomer content. Frequently, the composition distribution breadth index “CDBI” is used to quantify how the comonomer is distributed within an ethylene interpolymer, as well as to differentiate ethylene interpolymers produced with different catalysts or processes. The “CDBI50” is defined as the percent of ethylene interpolymer whose composition is within 50% of the median comonomer composition; this definition is consistent with that described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,206,075 assigned to Exxon Chemical Patents Inc. The CDBI50 of an ethylene interpolymer can be calculated from TREF curves (Temperature Rising Elution Fractionation); the TREF method is described in Wild, et al., J. Polym. Sci., Part B, Polym. Phys., Vol. 20 (3), pages 441-455. Typically the CDBI50 of homogeneous ethylene interpolymers are greater than about 70%. In contrast, the CDBI50 of α-olefin containing heterogeneous ethylene interpolymers are generally lower than the CDBI50 of homogeneous ethylene interpolymers.
  • It is well known to those skilled in the art, that homogeneous ethylene interpolymers are frequently further subdivided into “linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers” and “substantially linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers”. These two subgroups differ in the amount of long chain branching: more specifically, linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers have less than about 0.01 long chain branches per 1000 carbon atoms; while substantially linear ethylene interpolymers have greater than about 0.01 to about 3.0 long chain branches per 1000 carbon atoms. A long chain branch is macromolecular in nature, i.e., similar in length to the macromolecule that the long chain branch is attached to. Hereafter, in this disclosure, the term “homogeneous ethylene interpolymer” refers to both linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers and substantially linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers.
  • Herein, the term “polyolefin” includes ethylene polymers and propylene polymers; non-limiting examples of propylene polymers include isotactic, syndiotactic and atactic propylene homopolymers, random propylene copolymers containing at least one comonomer and impact polypropylene copolymers or heterophasic polypropylene copolymers.
  • The term “thermoplastic” refers to a polymer that becomes liquid when heated, will flow under pressure and solidify when cooled. Thermoplastic polymers include ethylene polymers as well as other polymers commonly used in the plastic industry; non-limiting examples of other polymers commonly used in film applications include barrier resins (EVOH), tie resins, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyamides and the like.
  • As used herein the term “monolayer film” refers to a film containing a single layer of one or more thermoplastics.
  • As used herein, the terms “hydrocarbyl”, “hydrocarbyl radical” or “hydrocarbyl group” refers to linear or cyclic, aliphatic, olefinic, acetylenic and aryl (aromatic) radicals comprising hydrogen and carbon that are deficient by one hydrogen.
  • As used herein, an “alkyl radical” includes linear, branched and cyclic paraffin radicals that are deficient by one hydrogen radical; non-limiting examples include methyl (—CH3) and ethyl (−CH2CH3) radicals. The term “alkenyl radical” refers to linear, branched and cyclic hydrocarbons containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond that is deficient by one hydrogen radical.
  • As used herein, the term “aryl” group includes phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl and other radicals whose molecules have an aromatic ring structure; non-limiting examples include naphthylene, phenanthrene and anthracene. An “arylalkyl” group is an alkyl group having an aryl group pendant there from; non-limiting examples include benzyl, phenethyl and tolylmethyl; an “alkylaryl” is an aryl group having one or more alkyl groups pendant there from; non-limiting examples include tolyl, xylyl, mesityl and cumyl.
  • As used herein, the phrase “heteroatom” includes any atom other than carbon and hydrogen that can be bound to carbon. A “heteroatom-containing group” is a hydrocarbon radical that contains a heteroatom and may contain one or more of the same or different heteroatoms. In one embodiment, a heteroatom-containing group is a hydrocarbyl group containing from 1 to 3 atoms selected from the group consisting of boron, aluminum, silicon, germanium, nitrogen, phosphorous, oxygen and sulfur. Non-limiting examples of heteroatom-containing groups include radicals of imines, amines, oxides, phosphines, ethers, ketones, oxoazolines heterocyclics, oxazolines, thioethers, and the like. The term “heterocyclic” refers to ring systems having a carbon backbone that comprise from 1 to 3 atoms selected from the group consisting of boron, aluminum, silicon, germanium, nitrogen, phosphorous, oxygen and sulfur.
  • As used herein the term “unsubstituted” means that hydrogen radicals are bounded to the molecular group that follows the term unsubstituted. The term “substituted” means that the group following this term possesses one or more moieties that have replaced one or more hydrogen radicals in any position within the group; non-limiting examples of moieties include halogen radicals (F, Cl, Br), hydroxyl groups, carbonyl groups, carboxyl groups, amine groups, phosphine groups, alkoxy groups, phenyl groups, naphthyl groups, C1 to C10 alkyl groups, C2 to C10 alkenyl groups, and combinations thereof. Non-limiting examples of substituted alkyls and aryls include: acyl radicals, alkylamino radicals, alkoxy radicals, aryloxy radicals, alkylthio radicals, dialkylamino radicals, alkoxycarbonyl radicals, aryloxycarbonyl radicals, carbomoyl radicals, alkyl- and dialkyl-carbamoyl radicals, acyloxy radicals, acylamino radicals, arylamino radicals and combinations thereof.
  • Herein the term “R1” and its superscript form “R1” refers to a first reactor in a continuous solution polymerization process; it being understood that R1 is distinctly different from the symbol R1; the latter is used in chemical formula, e.g. representing a hydrocarbyl group. Similarly, the term “R2” and it's superscript form “R2” refers to a second reactor, and; the term “R3” and it's superscript form “R3” refers to a third reactor.
  • As used herein, the term “oligomers” refers to an ethylene polymer of low molecular weight, e.g., an ethylene polymer with a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of about 2000 to 3000 daltons. Other commonly used terms for oligomers include “wax” or “grease”. As used herein, the term “light-end impurities” refers to chemical compounds with relatively low boiling points that may be present in the various vessels and process streams within a continuous solution polymerization process; non-limiting examples include, methane, ethane, propane, butane, nitrogen, CO2, chloroethane, HCl, etc.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION Catalysts
  • Organometallic catalyst formulations that are efficient in polymerizing olefins are well known in the art. In the embodiments disclosed herein, at least two catalyst formulations are employed in a continuous solution polymerization process. One of the catalyst formulations comprises at least one single-site catalyst formulation that produces a homogeneous first ethylene interpolymer. The other catalyst formulation comprises at least one heterogeneous catalyst formulation that produces a heterogeneous second ethylene interpolymer. Optionally a third ethylene interpolymer may be produced using the heterogeneous catalyst formulation that was used to produce the second ethylene interpolymer, or a different heterogeneous catalyst formulation may be used to produce the third ethylene interpolymer. In the continuous solution process, the at least one homogeneous ethylene interpolymer and the at least one heterogeneous ethylene interpolymer are solution blended and an ethylene interpolymer product is produced.
  • Single Site Catalyst Formulation
  • The catalyst components which make up the single site catalyst formulation are not particularly limited, i.e., a wide variety of catalyst components can be used. One non-limiting embodiment of a single site catalyst formulation comprises the following three or four components: a bulky ligand-metal complex; an alumoxane co-catalyst; an ionic activator and optionally a hindered phenol. In Tables 1A, 2A, 3A and 4A of this disclosure: “(i)” refers to the amount of “component (i)”, i.e., the bulky ligand-metal complex added to R1; “(ii)” refers to “component (ii)”, i.e., the alumoxane co-catalyst; “(iii)” refers to “component (iii)” i.e., the ionic activator, and; “(iv)” refers to “component (iv)”, i.e., the optional hindered phenol.
  • Non-limiting examples of component (i) are represented by formula (I):

  • (LA)aM(PI)b(Q)n  (I)
  • wherein (LA) represents a bulky ligand; M represents a metal atom; PI represents a phosphinimine ligand; Q represents a leaving group; a is 0 or 1; b is 1 or 2; (a+b)=2; n is 1 or 2, and; the sum of (a+b+n) equals the valance of the metal M.
  • Non-limiting examples of the bulky ligand LA in formula (I) include unsubstituted or substituted cyclopentadienyl ligands or cyclopentadienyl-type ligands, heteroatom substituted and/or heteroatom containing cyclopentadienyl-type ligands. Additional non-limiting examples include, cyclopenta-phenanthreneyl ligands, unsubstituted or substituted indenyl ligands, benzindenyl ligands, unsubstituted or substituted fluorenyl ligands, octahydrofluorenyl ligands, cyclooctatetraendiyl ligands, cyclopentacyclododecene ligands, azenyl ligands, azulene ligands, pentalene ligands, phosphoyl ligands, phosphinimine, pyrrolyl ligands, pyrozolyl ligands, carbazolyl ligands, borabenzene ligands and the like, including hydrogenated versions thereof, for example tetrahydroindenyl ligands. In other embodiments, LA may be any other ligand structure capable of q-bonding to the metal M, such embodiments include both η3-bonding and η5-bonding to the metal M. In other embodiments, LA may comprise one or more heteroatoms, for example, nitrogen, silicon, boron, germanium, sulfur and phosphorous, in combination with carbon atoms to form an open, acyclic, or a fused ring, or ring system, for example, a heterocyclopentadienyl ancillary ligand. Other non-limiting embodiments for LA include bulky amides, phosphides, alkoxides, aryloxides, imides, carbolides, borollides, porphyrins, phthalocyanines, corrins and other polyazomacrocycles.
  • Non-limiting examples of metal M in formula (I) include Group 4 metals, titanium, zirconium and hafnium.
  • The phosphinimine ligand, PI, is defined by formula (II):

  • (Rp)3P=N—  (II)
  • wherein the Rp groups are independently selected from: a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; C1-20 hydrocarbyl radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted with one or more halogen atom(s); a C1-8 alkoxy radical; a C6-10 aryl radical; a C6-10 aryloxy radical; an amido radical; a silyl radical of formula —Si(Rs)3, wherein the Rs groups are independently selected from, a hydrogen atom, a C1-8 alkyl or alkoxy radical, a C6-10 aryl radical, a C6-10 aryloxy radical, or a germanyl radical of formula —Ge(RG)3, wherein the RG groups are defined as Rs is defined in this paragraph.
  • The leaving group Q is any ligand that can be abstracted from formula (I) forming a catalyst species capable of polymerizing one or more olefin(s). An equivalent term for Q is an “activatable ligand”, i.e., equivalent to the term “leaving group”. In some embodiments, Q is a monoanionic labile ligand having a sigma bond to M. Depending on the oxidation state of the metal, the value for n is 1 or 2 such that formula (I) represents a neutral bulky ligand-metal complex. Non-limiting examples of Q ligands include a hydrogen atom, halogens, C1-20 hydrocarbyl radicals, C1-20 alkoxy radicals, C5-10 aryl oxide radicals; these radicals may be linear, branched or cyclic or further substituted by halogen atoms, C1-10 alkyl radicals, C1-10 alkoxy radicals, C6-10 arly or aryloxy radicals. Further non-limiting examples of Q ligands include weak bases such as amines, phosphines, ethers, carboxylates, dienes, hydrocarbyl radicals having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms. In another embodiment, two Q ligands may form part of a fused ring or ring system.
  • Further embodiments of component (i) of the single site catalyst formulation include structural, optical or enantiomeric isomers (meso and racemic isomers) and mixtures thereof of the bulky ligand-metal complexes described in formula (I) above.
  • The second single site catalyst component, component (ii), is an alumoxane co-catalyst that activates component (i) to a cationic complex. An equivalent term for “alumoxane” is “aluminoxane”; although the exact structure of this co-catalyst is uncertain, subject matter experts generally agree that it is an oligomeric species that contain repeating units of the general formula (III):

  • (R)2AlO—(Al(R)—O)n—Al(R)2  (III)
  • where the R groups may be the same or different linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radicals containing 1 to 20 carbon atoms and n is from 0 to about 50. A non-limiting example of an alumoxane is methyl aluminoxane (or MAO) wherein each R group in formula (III) is a methyl radical.
  • The third catalyst component (iii) of the single site catalyst formation is an ionic activator. In general, ionic activators are comprised of a cation and a bulky anion; wherein the latter is substantially non-coordinating. Non-limiting examples of ionic activators are boron ionic activators that are four coordinate with four ligands bonded to the boron atom. Non-limiting examples of boron ionic activators include the following formulas (IV) and (V) shown below;

  • [R5]+[B(R7)4]  (IV)
  • where B represents a boron atom, R5 is an aromatic hydrocarbyl (e.g. triphenyl methyl cation) and each R7 is independently selected from phenyl radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted with from 3 to 5 substituents selected from fluorine atoms, C1-4 alkyl or alkoxy radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted by fluorine atoms; and a silyl radical of formula —Si(R9)3, where each R9 is independently selected from hydrogen atoms and C1-4 alkyl radicals, and; compounds of formula (V);

  • [(R8)tZH]+[B(R7)4]  (V)
  • where B is a boron atom, H is a hydrogen atom, Z is a nitrogen or phosphorus atom, t is 2 or 3 and R8 is selected from C1-8 alkyl radicals, phenyl radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted by up to three C1-4 alkyl radicals, or one R8 taken together with the nitrogen atom may form an anilinium radical and R7 is as defined above in formula (IV).
  • In both formula (IV) and (V), a non-limiting example of R7 is a pentafluorophenyl radical. In general, boron ionic activators may be described as salts of tetra(perfluorophenyl) boron; non-limiting examples include anilinium, carbonium, oxonium, phosphonium and sulfonium salts of tetra(perfluoro-phenyl)boron with anilinium and trityl (or triphenylmethylium). Additional non-limiting examples of ionic activators include: triethylammonium tetra(phenyl)-boron, tripropylammonium tetra(phenyl)boron, tri(n-butyl)ammonium tetra(phenyl)boron, trimethylammonium tetra(p-tolyl)boron, trimethylammonium tetra(o-tolyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(pentafluorophenyl)boron, tripropylammonium tetra(o,p-dimethylphenyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(m,m-dimethylphenyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(p-trifluoromethylphenyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(pentafluorophenyl)boron, tri(n-butyl)ammonium tetra(o-tolyl)boron, N,N-dimethylanilinium tetra(phenyl)boron, N,N-diethylanilinium tetra(phenyl)boron, N,N-diethylanilinium tetra(phenyl)n-butylboron, N,N-2,4,6-pentamethylanilinium tetra(phenyl)boron, di-(isopropyl)ammonium tetra(penta-fluorophenyl)boron, dicyclohexylammonium tetra(phenyl)boron, triphenyl-phosphonium tetra(phenyl)boron, tri(methylphenyl)phosphonium tetra(phenyl)-boron, tri(dimethylphenyl)phosphonium tetra(phenyl)boron, tropillium tetrakispentafluorophenyl borate, triphenylmethylium tetrakispentafluorophenyl borate, benzene(diazonium)tetrakispentafluorophenyl borate, tropillium tetrakis(2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl)borate, triphenylmethylium tetrakis(2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl)borate, benzene(diazonium) tetrakis(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-borate, tropillium tetrakis(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)borate, benzene(diazonium) tetrakis(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)borate, tropillium tetrakis(1,2,2-trifluoroethenyl)-borate, triphenylmethylium tetrakis(1,2,2-trifluoroethenyl)borate, benzene(diazonium) tetrakis(1,2,2-trifluoroethenyl)borate, tropillium tetrakis(2,3,4,5-tetrafluorophenyl)borate, triphenylmethylium tetrakis(2,3,4,5-tetrafluorophenyl)borate, and benzene(diazonium) tetrakis(2,3,4,5 tetrafluorophenyl)borate. Readily available commercial ionic activators include N,N-dimethylanilinium tetrakispentafluorophenyl borate, and triphenylmethylium tetrakispentafluorophenyl borate.
  • The optional fourth catalyst component of the single site catalyst formation is a hindered phenol, component (iv). Non-limiting example of hindered phenols include butylated phenolic antioxidants, butylated hydroxytoluene, 2,4-di-tertiarybutyl-6-ethyl phenol, 4,4′-methylenebis (2,6-di-tertiary-butylphenol), 1,3, 5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) benzene and octadecyl-3-(3′,5′-di-tert-butyl-4′-hydroxyphenyl) propionate.
  • To produce an active single site catalyst formulation the quantity and mole ratios of the three or four components, (i) through (iv) are optimized as described below.
  • Heterogeneous Catalyst Formulations
  • A number of heterogeneous catalyst formulations are well known to those skilled in the art, including, as non-limiting examples, Ziegler-Natta and chromium catalyst formulations.
  • In this disclosure, embodiments include an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation and a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formation. The term “in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation” refers to the continuous synthesis of a small quantity of active Ziegler-Natta catalyst and immediately injecting this catalyst into at least one continuously operating reactor, wherein the catalyst polymerizes ethylene and one or more optional α-olefins to form an ethylene interpolymer. The terms “batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation” or “batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst” refer to the synthesis of a much larger quantity of catalyst or procatalyst in one or more mixing vessels that are external to, or isolated from, the continuously operating solution polymerization process. Once prepared, the batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, or batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst, is transferred to a catalyst storage tank. The term “procatalyst” refers to an inactive catalyst formulation (inactive with respect to ethylene polymerization); the procatalyst is converted into an active catalyst by adding an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst. As needed, the procatalyst is pumped from the storage tank to at least one continuously operating reactor, where an active catalyst is formed and polymerizes ethylene and one or more optional α-olefins to form an ethylene interpolymer. The procatalyst may be converted into an active catalyst in the reactor or external to the reactor.
  • A wide variety of chemical compounds can be used to synthesize an active Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation. The following describes various chemical compounds that may be combined to produce an active Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation. Those skilled in the art will understand that the embodiments in this disclosure are not limited to the specific chemical compound disclosed.
  • An active Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation may be formed from: a magnesium compound, a chloride compound, a metal compound, an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst and an aluminum alkyl. In Table 1A, 2A, 3A and 4A of this disclosure: “(v)” refers to “component (v)” the magnesium compound; the term “(vi)” refers to the “component (vi)” the chloride compound; “(vii)” refers to “component (vii)” the metal compound; “(viii)” refers to “component (viii)” alkyl aluminum co-catalyst, and; “(ix)” refers to “component (ix)” the aluminum alkyl. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulations may contain additional components; a non-limiting example of an additional component is an electron donor, e.g., amines or ethers.
  • A non-limiting example of an active in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation can be prepared as follows. In the first step, a solution of a magnesium compound (component (v)) is reacted with a solution of the chloride compound (component (vi)) to form a magnesium chloride support suspended in solution. Non-limiting examples of magnesium compounds include Mg(R1)2; wherein the R1 groups may be the same or different, linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radicals containing 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Non-limiting examples of chloride compounds include R2Cl; wherein R2 represents a hydrogen atom, or a linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radical containing 1 to 10 carbon atoms. In the first step, the solution of magnesium compound may also contain an aluminum alkyl (component (ix)). Non-limiting examples of aluminum alkyl include Al(R3)3, wherein the R3 groups may be the same or different, linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radicals containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms. In the second step a solution of the metal compound (component (vii)) is added to the solution of magnesium chloride and the metal compound is supported on the magnesium chloride. Non-limiting examples of suitable metal compounds include M(X)n or MO(X)n; where M represents a metal selected from Group 4 through Group 8 of the Periodic Table, or mixtures of metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8; O represents oxygen, and; X represents chloride or bromide; n is an integer from 3 to 6 that satisfies the oxidation state of the metal. Additional non-limiting examples of suitable metal compounds include Group 4 to Group 8 metal alkyls, metal alkoxides (which may be prepared by reacting a metal alkyl with an alcohol) and mixed-ligand metal compounds that contain a mixture of halide, alkyl and alkoxide ligands. In the third step a solution of an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst (component (viii)) is added to the metal compound supported on the magnesium chloride. A wide variety of alkyl aluminum co-catalysts are suitable, as expressed by formula (VI):

  • Al(R4)p(OR5)q(X)r  (VI)
  • wherein the R4 groups may be the same or different, hydrocarbyl groups having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms; the OR5 groups may be the same or different, alkoxy or aryloxy groups wherein R5 is a hydrocarbyl group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms bonded to oxygen; X is chloride or bromide, and; (p+q+r)=3, with the proviso that p is greater than 0. Non-limiting examples of commonly used alkyl aluminum co-catalysts include trimethyl aluminum, triethyl aluminum, tributyl aluminum, dimethyl aluminum methoxide, diethyl aluminum ethoxide, dibutyl aluminum butoxide, dimethyl aluminum chloride or bromide, diethyl aluminum chloride or bromide, dibutyl aluminum chloride or bromide and ethyl aluminum dichloride or dibromide.
  • The process described in the paragraph above, to synthesize an active in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, can be carried out in a variety of solvents; non-limiting examples of solvents include linear or branched C5 to C12 alkanes or mixtures thereof. To produce an active in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation the quantity and mole ratios of the five components, (v) through (ix), are optimized as described below.
  • Additional embodiments of heterogeneous catalyst formulations include formulations where the “metal compound” is a chromium compound; non-limiting examples include silyl chromate, chromium oxide and chromocene. In some embodiments, the chromium compound is supported on a metal oxide such as silica or alumina. Heterogeneous catalyst formulations containing chromium may also include co-catalysts; non-limiting examples of co-catalysts include trialkylaluminum, alkylaluminoxane and dialkoxyalkylaluminum compounds and the like.
  • Solution Polymerization Process: In-Line Heterogeneous Catalyst Formulation
  • In a continuous solution polymerization process, process solvent, monomer(s) and a catalyst formulation are continuously fed to a reactor where the ethylene interpolymer is formed in solution. In FIG. 1, process solvent 1, ethylene 2 and optional α-olefin 3 are combined to produce reactor feed stream RF1 which flows into reactor 11 a. In FIG. 1 optional streams, or optional embodiments, are denoted with dotted lines. It is not particularly important that combined reactor feed stream RF1 be formed; i.e. reactor feed streams can be combined in all possible combinations, including an embodiment where streams 1 through 3 are independently injected into reactor 11 a. Optionally hydrogen may be injected into reactor 11 a through stream 4; hydrogen is generally added to control the molecular weight of the first ethylene interpolymer produced in reactor 11 a. Reactor 11 a is continuously stirred by stirring assembly 11 b which includes a motor external to the reactor and an agitator within the reactor. In the art, such a reactor is frequently called a CSTR (Continuously Stirred Tank Reactor).
  • A single site catalyst formulation is injected into reactor 11 a through stream 5 e. Single site catalyst component streams 5 d, 5 c, 5 b and optional 5 a refer to the ionic activator (component (iii)), the bulky ligand-metal complex (component (i)), the alumoxane co-catalyst (component (ii)) and optional hindered phenol (component (iv)), respectively. Single site catalyst component streams can be arranged in all possible configurations, including an embodiment where streams 5 a through 5 d are independently injected into reactor 11 a. Each single site catalyst component is dissolved in a catalyst component solvent. Catalyst component solvents, for component (i) through (iv), may be the same or different. Catalyst component solvents are selected such that the combination of catalyst components does not produce a precipitate in any process stream; for example, precipitation of a single site catalyst component in stream 5 e. The optimization of the single site catalyst formulation is described below.
  • Reactor 11 a produces a first exit stream, stream 11 c, containing the first ethylene interpolymer dissolved in process solvent, as well as unreacted ethylene, unreacted α-olefins (if present), unreacted hydrogen (if present), active single site catalyst, deactivated single site catalyst, residual catalyst components and other impurities (if present). Melt index ranges and density ranges of the first ethylene interpolymer produced are described below.
  • The continuous solution polymerization process shown in FIG. 1 includes two embodiments where reactors 11 a and 12 a can be operated in series or parallel modes. In series mode 100% of stream 11 c (the first exit stream) passes through flow controller 11 d forming stream 11 e which enters reactor 12 a. In contrast, in parallel mode 100% of stream 11 c passes through flow controller 11 f forming stream 11 g. Stream 11 g by-passes reactor 12 a and is combined with stream 12 c (the second exit stream) forming stream 12 d (the third exit stream).
  • Fresh reactor feed streams are injected into reactor 12 a; process solvent 6, ethylene 7 and optional α-olefin 8 are combined to produce reactor feed stream RF2. It is not important that stream RF2 is formed; i.e. reactor feed streams can be combined in all possible combinations, including independently injecting each stream into the reactor. Optionally hydrogen may be injected into reactor 12 a through stream 9 to control the molecular weight of the second ethylene interpolymer. Reactor 12 a is continuously stirred by stirring assembly 12 b which includes a motor external to the reactor and an agitator within the reactor.
  • An in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation is injected into reactor 12 a through stream 10 f and a second ethylene interpolymer is formed in reactor 12 a. The components that comprise the in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation are introduced through streams 10 a, 10 b, 10 c and 10 d. A first heterogeneous catalyst assembly, defined by the conduits and flow controllers associated with streams 10 a-10 h, is operated as described below. In the case of a Ziegler-Natta catalyst, the first heterogeneous catalyst assembly produces an efficient in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation by optimizing the following molar ratios: (aluminum alkyl)/(magnesium compound) or (ix)/(v); (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound) or (vi)/(v); (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) or (viii)/(vii), and; (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound) or (ix)/(vii); as well as the time these compounds have to react and equilibrate.
  • Stream 10 a (stream S1) contains a binary blend of a magnesium compound, component (v) and an aluminum alkyl, component (ix), in process solvent. The upper limit on the (aluminum alkyl)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio in stream 10 a may be about 70, in some cases about 50 and is other cases about 30. The lower limit on the (aluminum alkyl)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio may be about 3.0, in some cases about 5.0 and in other cases about 10. Stream 10 b (stream S2) contains a solution of a chloride compound, component (vi), in process solvent. Stream 10 b is combined with stream 10 a and the intermixing of streams 10 a and 10 b produces a magnesium chloride catalyst support. To produce an efficient in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst (efficient in olefin polymerization), the (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio is optimized. The upper limit on the (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio may be about 4, in some cases about 3.5 and is other cases about 3.0. The lower limit on the (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio may be about 1.0, in some cases about 1.5 and in other cases about 1.9. The time between the addition of the chloride compound and the addition of the metal compound (component (vii)) via stream 10 c (stream S3) is controlled; hereafter HUT-1 (the first Hold-Up-Time). HUT-1 is the time for streams 10 a (stream S1) and 10 b (stream S2) to equilibrate and form a magnesium chloride support. The upper limit on HUT-1 may be about 70 seconds, in some cases about 60 seconds and is other cases about 50 seconds. The lower limit on HUT-1 may be about 5 seconds, in some cases about 10 seconds and in other cases about 20 seconds. HUT-1 is controlled by adjusting the length of the conduit between stream 10 b injection port and stream 10 c injection port, as well as controlling the flow rates of streams 10 a and 10 b. The time between the addition of component (vii) and the addition of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst, component (viii), via stream 10 d (stream S4) is controlled; hereafter HUT-2 (the second Hold-Up-Time). HUT-2 is the time for the magnesium chloride support and stream 10 c to react and equilibrate. The upper limit on HUT-2 may be about 50 seconds, in some cases about 35 seconds and is other cases about 25 seconds. The lower limit on HUT-2 may be about 2 seconds, in some cases about 6 seconds and in other cases about 10 seconds. HUT-2 is controlled by adjusting the length of the conduit between stream 10 c injection port and stream 10 d injection port, as well as controlling the flow rates of streams 10 a, 10 b and 10 c. The quantity of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst added is optimized to produce an efficient catalyst; this is accomplished by adjusting the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio, or (viii)/(vii) molar ratio. The upper limit on the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio may be about 10, in some cases about 7.5 and is other cases about 6.0. The lower limit on the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio may be 0, in some cases about 1.0 and in other cases about 2.0. In addition, the time between the addition of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst (stream S4) and the injection of the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation into reactor 12 a is controlled; hereafter HUT-3 (the third Hold-Up-Time). HUT-3 is the time for stream 10 d to intermix and equilibrate to form the in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation. The upper limit on HUT-3 may be about 15 seconds, in some cases about 10 seconds and is other cases about 8 seconds. The lower limit on HUT-3 may be about 0.5 seconds, in some cases about 1 seconds and in other cases about 2 seconds. HUT-3 is controlled by adjusting the length of the conduit between stream 10 d injection port and the catalyst injection port in reactor 12 a, and by controlling the flow rates of streams 10 a through 10 d. As shown in FIG. 1, optionally, 100% of stream 10 d, the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst, may be injected directly into reactor 12 a via stream 10 h. Optionally, a portion of stream 10 d may be injected directly into reactor 12 a via stream 10 h and the remaining portion of stream 10 d injected into reactor 12 a via stream 10 f.
  • As previously indicated, an equivalent term for reactor 12 a is “R2”. The quantity of in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation added to R2 is expressed as the parts-per-million (ppm) of metal compound (component (vii)) in the reactor solution, hereafter “R2 (vii) (ppm)”. The upper limit on R2 (vii) (ppm) may be about 10 ppm, in some cases about 8 ppm and in other cases about 6 ppm. The lower limit on R2 (vii) (ppm) in some cases may be about 0.5 ppm, in other cases about 1 ppm and in still other cases about 2 ppm. The (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound) molar ratio in reactor 12 a, or the (ix)/(vii) molar ratio, is also controlled. The upper limit on the (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound) molar ratio in the reactor may be about 2, in some cases about 1.5 and is other cases about 1.0. The lower limit on the (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound) molar ratio may be about 0.05, in some cases about 0.075 and in other cases about 0.1.
  • Any combination of the streams employed to prepare and deliver the in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation to R2 may be heated or cooled, i.e., streams 10 a through 10 h (including stream 10 g (optional R3 delivery) which is discussed below); in some cases the upper temperature limit of streams 10 a through 10 g may be about 90° C., in other cases about 80° C. and in still other cases about 70° C. and; in some cases the lower temperature limit may be about 20° C.; in other cases about 35° C. and in still other cases about 50° C.
  • Injection of the in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation into reactor 12 a produces a second ethylene interpolymer and a second exit stream 12 c.
  • If reactors 11 a and 12 a are operated in a series mode, the second exit stream 12 c contains the second ethylene interpolymer and the first ethylene interpolymer dissolved in process solvent; as well as unreacted ethylene, unreacted α-olefins (if present), unreacted hydrogen (if present), active catalysts, deactivated catalysts, catalyst components and other impurities (if present). Optionally the second exit stream 12 c is deactivated by adding a catalyst deactivator A from catalyst deactivator tank 18A forming a deactivated solution A, stream 12 e; in this case, FIG. 1 defaults to a dual reactor solution process. If the second exit stream 12 c is not deactivated the second exit stream enters tubular reactor 17. Catalyst deactivator A is discussed below.
  • If reactors 11 a and 12 a are operated in parallel mode, the second exit stream 12 c contains the second ethylene interpolymer dissolved in process solvent. The second exit stream 12 c is combined with stream 11 g forming a third exit stream 12 d, the latter contains the second ethylene interpolymer and the first ethylene interpolymer dissolved in process solvent; as well as unreacted ethylene, unreacted α-olefins (if present), unreacted hydrogen (if present), active catalyst, deactivated catalyst, catalyst components and other impurities (if present). Optionally the third exit stream 12 d is deactivated by adding catalyst deactivator A from catalyst deactivator tank 18A forming deactivated solution A, stream 12 e; in this case, FIG. 1 defaults to a dual reactor solution process. If the third exit stream 12 d is not deactivated the third exit stream 12 d enters tubular reactor 17.
  • The term “tubular reactor” is meant to convey its conventional meaning, namely a simple tube; wherein the length/diameter (L/D) ratio is at least 10/1. Optionally, one or more of the following reactor feed streams may be injected into tubular reactor 17; process solvent 13, ethylene 14 and α-olefin 15. As shown in FIG. 1, streams 13, 14 and 15 may be combined forming reactor feed stream RF3 and the latter is injected into reactor 17. It is not particularly important that stream RF3 be formed; i.e., reactor feed streams can be combined in all possible combinations. Optionally hydrogen may be injected into reactor 17 through stream 16. Optionally, the in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation may be injected into reactor 17 via catalyst stream 10 g; i.e., a portion of the in-line heterogeneous catalyst enters reactor 12 a through stream 10 f and the remaining portion of the in-line heterogeneous catalyst enters reactor 17 through stream 10 g.
  • FIG. 1 shows an additional embodiment where reactor 17 is supplied with a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation produced in a second heterogeneous catalyst assembly. The second heterogeneous catalyst assembly refers to the combination of conduits and flow controllers that include streams 34 a-34 e and 34 h. The chemical composition of the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulations may be the same, or different. In the case of a Ziegler-Natta catalyst, the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly produces a second in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation. For example, the catalyst components ((v) through (ix)), mole ratios and hold-up-times may differ in the first and second heterogeneous catalyst assemblies. Relative to the first heterogeneous catalyst assembly, the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly is operated in a similar manner, i.e., the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly generates an efficient catalyst by optimizing hold-up-times and the following molar ratios: (aluminum alkyl)/(magnesium compound), (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound), (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst/(metal compound, and (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound). To be clear: stream 34 a contains a binary blend of magnesium compound (component (v)) and aluminum alkyl (component (ix)) in process solvent; stream 34 b contains a chloride compound (component (vi)) in process solvent; stream 34 c contains a metal compound (component (vii)) in process solvent, and; stream 34 d contains an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst (component (viii)) in process solvent. Once prepared, the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst is injected into reactor 17 through stream 34 e; optionally, additional alkyl aluminum co-catalyst is injected into reactor 17 through stream 34 h. As shown in FIG. 1, optionally, 100% of stream 34 d, the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst, may be injected directly into reactor 17 via stream 34 h. Optionally, a portion of stream 34 d may be injected directly into reactor 17 via stream 34 h and the remaining portion of stream 34 d injected into reactor 17 via stream 34 e. In FIG. 1, the first or the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly supplies 100% of the catalyst to reactor 17. Any combination of the streams that comprise the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly may be heated or cooled, i.e. streams 34 a-34 e and 34 h; in some cases the upper temperature limit of streams 34 a-34 e and 34 h may be about 90° C., in other cases about 80° C. and in still other cases about 70° C. and; in some cases the lower temperature limit may be about 20° C.; in other cases about 35° C. and in still other cases about 50° C.
  • In reactor 17 a third ethylene interpolymer may, or may not, form. A third ethylene interpolymer will not form if catalyst deactivator A is added upstream of reactor 17 via catalyst deactivator tank 18A. A third ethylene interpolymer will be formed if catalyst deactivator B is added downstream of reactor 17 via catalyst deactivator tank 18B.
  • The optional third ethylene interpolymer produced in reactor 17 may be formed using a variety of operational modes; with the proviso that catalyst deactivator A is not added upstream of reactor 17. Non-limiting examples of operational modes include: (a) residual ethylene, residual optional α-olefin and residual active catalyst entering reactor 17 react to form the optional third ethylene interpolymer, or; (b) fresh process solvent 13, fresh ethylene 14 and optionally fresh α-olefin 15 are added to reactor 17 and the residual active catalyst entering reactor 17 forms the optional third ethylene interpolymer, or; (c) the fresh second in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation is added to reactor 17 via stream 10 g or stream 34 e to polymerize residual ethylene and residual optional α-olefin to form the optional third ethylene interpolymer, or; (d) fresh process solvent 13, ethylene 14, optional α-olefin 15 and fresh second in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation (10 g or 34 e) are added to reactor 17 to form the optional third ethylene interpolymer. Optionally, 100% of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst may be added to reactor 17 via stream 34 h, or a portion of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst may be added to reactor 17 via stream 10 g or 34 h and the remaining portion added via stream 34 h. Optionally fresh hydrogen 16 may be added to reduce the molecular weight of the optional third optional ethylene interpolymer.
  • In series mode, Reactor 17 produces a third exit stream 17 b containing the first ethylene interpolymer, the second ethylene interpolymer and optionally a third ethylene interpolymer. As shown in FIG. 1, catalyst deactivator B may be added to the third exit stream 17 b via catalyst deactivator tank 18B producing a deactivated solution B, stream 19; with the proviso that catalyst deactivator B is not added if catalyst deactivator A was added upstream of reactor 17. Deactivated solution B may also contain unreacted ethylene, unreacted optional α-olefin, unreacted optional hydrogen and impurities if present. As indicated above, if catalyst deactivator A was added, deactivated solution A (stream 12 e) exits tubular reactor 17 as shown in FIG. 1.
  • In parallel mode operation, reactor 17 produces a fourth exit stream 17 b containing the first ethylene interpolymer, the second ethylene interpolymer and optionally a third ethylene interpolymer. As indicated above, in parallel mode, stream 12 d is the third exit stream. As shown in FIG. 1, in parallel mode, catalyst deactivator B is added to the fourth exit stream 17 b via catalyst deactivator tank 18B producing a deactivated solution B, stream 19; with the proviso that catalyst deactivator B is not added if catalyst deactivator A was added upstream of reactor 17.
  • In FIG. 1, deactivated solution A (stream 12 e) or B (stream 19) passes through pressure let down device 20, heat exchanger 21 and a passivator is added via tank 22 forming a passivated solution 23; the passivator is described below. The passivated solution passes through pressure let down device 24 and enters a first vapor/liquid separator 25. Hereafter, “V/L” is equivalent to vapor/liquid. Two streams are formed in the first V/L separator: a first bottom stream 27 comprising a solution that is rich in ethylene interpolymers and also contains residual ethylene, residual optional α-olefins and catalyst residues, and; a first gaseous overhead stream 26 comprising ethylene, process solvent, optional α-olefins, optional hydrogen, oligomers and light-end impurities if present.
  • The first bottom stream enters a second V/L separator 28. In the second V/L separator two streams are formed: a second bottom stream 30 comprising a solution that is richer in ethylene interpolymer and leaner in process solvent relative to the first bottom stream 27, and; a second gaseous overhead stream 29 comprising process solvent, optional α-olefins, ethylene, oligomers and light-end impurities if present.
  • The second bottom stream 30 flows into a third V/L separator 31. In the third V/L separator two streams are formed: a product stream 33 comprising an ethylene interpolymer product, deactivated catalyst residues and less than 5 weight % of residual process solvent, and; a third gaseous overhead stream 32 comprised essentially of process solvent, optional α-olefins and light-end impurities if present.
  • Product stream 33 proceeds to polymer recovery operations. Non-limiting examples of polymer recovery operations include one or more gear pump, single screw extruder or twin screw extruder that forces the molten ethylene interpolymer product through a pelletizer. A devolatilizing extruder may be used to remove small amounts of residual process solvent and optional α-olefin, if present. Once pelletized the solidified ethylene interpolymer product is typically dried and transported to a product silo.
  • The first, second and third gaseous overhead streams shown in FIG. 1 ( streams 26, 29 and 32, respectively) are sent to a distillation column where solvent, ethylene and optional α-olefin are separated for recycling, or; the first, second and third gaseous overhead streams are recycled to the reactors, or; a portion of the first, second and third gaseous overhead streams are recycled to the reactors and the remaining portion is sent to a distillation column. Solution Polymerization Process: Batch Heterogeneous Catalyst Formulation
  • In FIG. 2 a first batch heterogeneous catalyst assembly (vessels and streams 60 a through 60 h) and an optional second batch heterogeneous catalyst assembly (vessels and streams 90 a through 90 f) are employed. For the sake of clarity and avoid any confusion, many of the vessels and streams shown in FIG. 2 are equivalent to the respective vessel and stream shown in FIG. 1; equivalence is indicated through the use of a consistent vessel or stream label, i.e., number. For the avoidance of doubt, referring to FIG. 2, process solvent is injected into CSTR reactor 11 a, CSTR reactor 12 a and tubular reactor 17 via streams 1, 6 and 13. Ethylene is injected into reactors 11 a, 12 a and 17 via streams 2, 7 and 14. Optional α-olefin is injected into reactors 11 a, 12 a and 17 via streams 3, 8 and 15. Optional hydrogen is injected into reactors 11 a, 12 a and 17 via streams 4, 9 and 16. A single-site catalyst formulation is injected into reactor 11 a, producing the first ethylene interpolymer. Single-site catalyst component streams (5 a through 5 e) were described above. A batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is injected into reactor 12 a via stream 60 e and the second ethylene interpolymer is formed. Reactors 11 a and 12 a shown in FIG. 2 may be operated in series or parallel modes, as described in FIG. 1 above.
  • Processes to prepare batch heterogeneous procatalysts and in batch Ziegler-Natta procatalysts are well known to those skilled in the art. A non-limiting formulation useful in the continuous solution polymerization process may be prepared as follows. A batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst may be prepared by sequentially added the following components to a stirred mixing vessel: (a) a solution of a magnesium compound (an equivalent term for the magnesium compound is “component (v)”); (b) a solution of a chloride compound (an equivalent term for the chloride compound is “component (vi)”; (c) optionally a solution of an aluminum alkyl halide, and; (d) a solution of a metal compound (an equivalent term for the metal compound is “component (vii)”). Suitable, non-limiting examples of aluminum alkyl halides are defined by the formula (R6)vAlX3-v; wherein the R6 groups may be the same or different hydrocarbyl group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, X represents chloride or bromide, and; v is 1 or 2. Suitable, non-limiting examples of the magnesium compound, the chloride compound and the metal compound were described earlier in this disclosure. Suitable solvents within which to prepare the procatalyst include linear or branched C5 to C12 alkanes or mixtures thereof. Individual mixing times and mixing temperatures may be used in each of steps (a) through (d). The upper limit on mixing temperatures for steps (a) through (d) in some case may be 160° C., in other cases 130° C. and in still other cases 100° C. The lower limit on mixing temperatures for steps (a) through (d) in some cases may be 10° C., in other cases 20° C. and in still other cases 30° C. The upper limit on mixing time for steps (a) through (d) in some case may be 6 hours, in other cases 3 hours and in still other cases 1 hour. The lower limit on mixing times for steps (a) through (d) in some cases may be 1 minute, in other cases 10 minutes and in still other cases 30 minutes.
  • Batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst can have various catalyst component mole ratios. The upper limit on the (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio in some cases may be about 3, in other cases about 2.7 and is still other cases about 2.5; the lower limit in some cases may be about 2.0, in other cases about 2.1 and in still other cases about 2.2. The upper limit on the (magnesium compound)/(metal compound) molar ratio in some cases may be about 10, in other cases about 9 and in still other cases about 8; the lower limit in some cases may be about 5, in other cases about 6 and in still other cases about 7. The upper limit on the (aluminum alkyl halide)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio in some cases may be about 0.5, in other cases about 0.4 and in still other cases about 0.3; the lower limit in some cases may be 0, in other cases about 0.1 and in still other cases about 0.2. An active batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation is formed when the procatalyst is combined with an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst. Suitable co-catalysts were described earlier in this disclosure. The procatalyst may be activated external to the reactor or in the reactor; in the latter case, the procatalyst and an appropriate amount of alkyl aluminum co-catalyst are independently injected R2 and optionally R3.
  • Once prepared the batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is pumped to procatalyst storage tank 60 a shown in FIG. 2. Tank 60 a may, or may not, be agitated. Storage tank 60 c contains an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst; non-limiting examples of suitable alkyl aluminum co-catalysts were described earlier in this disclosure. A batch Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation stream 60 e, that is efficient in converting olefins to polyolefins, is formed by combining batch Ziegler Natta procatalyst stream 60 b (stream S5) with alkyl aluminum co-catalyst stream 60 d (stream S4). Stream 60 e is injected into reactor 12 a where the second ethylene interpolymer is formed. Operationally, the following options may be employed: (a) 100% of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst may be injected into reactor 12 a through stream 60 g, i.e., the batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is injected into reactor 12 a through stream 60 e, or; (b) a portion of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst is injected into reactor 12 a via stream 60 g and the remaining portion passes through stream 60 d where it combines with stream 60 b forming the batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation which is injected into reactor 12 a via stream 60 e.
  • Additional optional embodiments, where a batch heterogeneous catalyst formulation is employed, are shown in FIG. 2 where: (a) a batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is injected into tubular reactor 17 through stream 60 f, or; (b) a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation is injected into tubular reactor 17 through stream 60 f. In the case of option (a), 100% of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst is injected directly into reactor 17 via stream 60 h. An additional embodiment exists where a portion of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst flows through stream 60 f and the remaining portion flows through stream 60 h. Any combination of tanks or streams 60 a through 60 h may be heated or cooled.
  • FIG. 2 includes additional embodiments where a second batch heterogeneous catalyst assembly, which is defined by vessels and streams 90 a through 90 f, may be used to optionally inject a second batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst into reactor 17. Once prepared the second batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is pumped to procatalyst storage tank 90 a shown in FIG. 2. Tank 90 a may, or may not, be agitated. Storage tank 90 c contains an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst. A batch Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation stream 90 e, that is efficient in converting olefins to polyolefins, is formed by combining the second batch Ziegler Natta procatalyst stream 90 b (stream S6) with alkyl aluminum co-catalyst stream 90 d (optionally stream). Stream 90 e is optionally injected into reactor 17, wherein an optional third ethylene interpolymer may be formed. FIG. 2 includes additional embodiments where: (a) the batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is injected directly into reactor 17 through stream 90 e and the procatalyst is activated inside reactor 17 by injecting 100% of the aluminum co-catalyst directly into rector 17 via stream 90 f, or; (b) a portion of the aluminum co-catalyst may flow through stream 90 e with the remaining portion flowing through stream 90 f. Any combination of tanks or streams 90 a through 90 f may be heated or cooled.
  • The time between the addition of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst (stream S4) and the injection of the batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation into reactor 12 a is controlled; hereafter HUT-4 (the fourth Hold-Up-Time). Referring to FIG. 2, HUT-4 is the time for stream 60 d (stream S4) to intermix and equilibrate with stream 60 b (batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst) to form the batch Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation prior to injection into reactor 12 a via in stream 60 e. Optionally, HUT-4 is the time for stream 60 d to intermix and equilibrate with stream 60 b to from the batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation prior to injection into the optional third reactor 17 via stream 60 f, or; HUT-4 is the time for stream 90 d to intermix and equilibrate with stream 90 b to form the batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation prior to injection into reactor 17 via stream 90 e. The upper limit on HUT-4 may be about 300 seconds, in some cases about 200 seconds and in other cases about 100 seconds. The lower limit on HUT-4 may be about 0.1 seconds, in some cases about 1 seconds and in other cases about 10 seconds.
  • The quantity of batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst produced and/or the size to procatalyst storage tanks 60 a or 90 a is not particularly important with respect to this disclosure. However, the large quantity of procatalyst produced allows one to operate the continuous solution polymerization plant for an extended period of time: the upper limit on this time in some cases may be about 3 months, in other cases for about 2 months and in still other cases for about 1 month; the lower limit on this time in some cases may be about 1 day, in other cases about 1 week and in still other cases about 2 weeks.
  • The quantity of batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst or batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation added to reactor 12 a is expressed as “R2 (vii) (ppm)”, i.e., the parts-per-million (ppm) of metal compound (component (vii)) in the reactor solution. The upper limit on R2 (vii) (ppm) may be about 10 ppm, in some cases about 8 ppm and in other cases about 6 ppm. The lower limit on R2 (vii) (ppm) may be about 0.5 ppm, in some cases about 1 ppm and in other cases about 2 ppm. The quantity of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst added to reactor 12 a is optimized to produce an efficient catalyst; this is accomplished by adjusting the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio. The upper limit on the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio may be about 10, in some cases about 8.0 and is other cases about 6.0. The lower limit on the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio may be 0.5, in some cases about 0.75 and in other cases about 1.
  • Referring to FIG. 2, where the heterogeneous catalyst formulation is a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, a third ethylene interpolymer may optionally be formed in reactor 17 by: (a) injecting the first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or the first batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst into reactor 17 through stream 60 f, or; (b) injecting a chemically distinct second batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or second batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst into reactor 17 through stream 90 e. As shown in FIG. 2, the first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation may be deactivated upstream of reactor 17 by adding catalyst deactivator A via deactivator tank 18A to form a deactivated solution A (stream 12 e), or; the first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation and optionally the second batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation may be deactivated downstream of reactor 17 by adding catalyst deactivator B via deactivator tank 18B to form a deactivated solution B (stream 19). Deactivated solution A or B then pass through pressure let down device 20, heat exchange 21 and a passivator may be added via tank 22 forming passivated solution 23. The remaining vessels (24, 25, 28 and 31) and streams (26, 27, 29, 39, 32 and 33) and process conditions have been described previously. The ethylene interpolymer product stream 33 proceeds to polymer recovery. The first, second and third gaseous overhead streams shown in FIG. 2 ( streams 26, 29 and 32, respectively) are sent to a distillation column where solvent, ethylene and optional α-olefin are separated for later use, or; the first, second and third gaseous overhead streams are recycled to the reactors, or; a portion of the first, second and third gaseous overhead streams are recycled to the reactors and the remaining portion is sent to a distillation column.
  • Optimization of the Single Site Catalyst Formulation
  • Referring to the embodiments shown in FIGS. 1 and 2; an active single site catalyst formulation is produced by optimizing the proportion of each of the four single site catalyst components, (i) through (iv). The term “active” means the single site catalyst formulation is very efficient in converting olefins to polyolefins; in practice the optimization objective is to maximize the following ratio: (pounds of ethylene interpolymer product produced)/(pounds of catalyst consumed). The quantity of bulky ligand metal complex, component (i), added to R1 is expressed as the parts per million (ppm) of component (i) in the total mass of the solution in R1; hereafter “R1 (i) (ppm)”. The upper limit on R1 (i) (ppm) may be about 5, in some cases about 3 and is other cases about 2. The lower limit on R1 (i) (ppm) may be about 0.02, in some cases about 0.05 and in other cases about 0.1.
  • The proportion of catalyst component (iii), the ionic activator, added to R1 is optimized by controlling the (ionic activator)/(bulky ligand-metal complex) molar ratio in the R1 solution; hereafter “R1 (iii)/(i)”. The upper limit on R1 (iii)/(i) may be about 10, in some cases about 5 and in other cases about 2. The lower limit on R1 (iii)/(i) may be about 0.1, in some cases about 0.5 and in other cases about 1.0. The proportion of catalyst component (ii) is optimized by controlling the (alumoxane)/(bulky ligand-metal complex) molar ratio in the R1 solution; hereafter “R1 (ii)/(i)”. The alumoxane co-catalyst is generally added in a molar excess relative to the bulky ligand-metal complex. The upper limit on R1 (ii)/(i) may be about 1000, in some cases about 500 and is other cases about 200. The lower limit on R1 (ii)/(i) may be about 1, in some cases about 10 and in other cases about 30.
  • The addition of catalyst component (iv), the hindered phenol, to R1 is optional in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 1-2. If added, the proportion of component (iv) is optimized by controlling the (hindered phenol)/(alumoxane) molar ratio in R1; hereafter “R1 (iv)/(ii)”. The upper limit on R1 (iv)/(ii) may be about 10, in some cases about 5 and in other cases about 2. The lower limit on R1 (iv)/(ii) may be 0.0, in some cases about 0.1 and in other cases about 0.2.
  • Any combination of the single site catalyst component streams in FIGS. 1 and 2 (streams 5 a-5 e) may, or may not, be heated or cooled. The upper limit on catalyst component stream temperatures may be about 70° C.; in other cases about 60° C. and in still other cases about 50° C. The lower limit on catalyst component stream temperatures may be about 0° C.; in other cases about 20° C. and in still other cases about 40° C.
  • Additional Solution Polymerization Process Parameters
  • In the continuous solution processes embodiments shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, a variety of solvents may be used as the process solvent; non-limiting examples include linear, branched or cyclic C5 to C12 alkanes. Non-limiting examples of α-olefins include 1-propene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene and 1-octene. Suitable catalyst component solvents include aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons. Non-limiting examples of aliphatic catalyst component solvents include linear, branched or cyclic C5-12 aliphatic hydrocarbons, e.g. pentane, methyl pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, hydrogenated naphtha or combinations thereof. Non-limiting examples of aromatic catalyst component solvents include benzene, toluene (methylbenzene), ethylbenzene, o-xylene (1,2-dimethylbenzene), m-xylene (1,3-dimethylbenzene), p-xylene (1,4-dimethylbenzene), mixtures of xylene isomers, hemellitene (1,2,3-trimethylbenzene), pseudocumene (1,2,4-trimethylbenzene), mesitylene (1,3,5-trimethylbenzene), mixtures of trimethylbenzene isomers, prehenitene (1,2,3,4-tetramethylbenzene), durene (1,2,3,5-tetramethylbenzene), mixtures of tetramethylbenzene isomers, pentamethylbenzene, hexamethylbenzene and combinations thereof.
  • It is well known to individuals experienced in the art that reactor feed streams (solvent, monomer, α-olefin, hydrogen, catalyst formulation etc.) must be essentially free of catalyst deactivating poisons; non-limiting examples of poisons include trace amounts of oxygenates such as water, fatty acids, alcohols, ketones and aldehydes. Such poisons are removed from reactor feed streams using standard purification practices; non-limiting examples include molecular sieve beds, alumina beds and oxygen removal catalysts for the purification of solvents, ethylene and α-olefins, etc.
  • Referring to the first and second reactors in FIGS. 1 and 2 any combination of the CSTR reactor feed streams may be heated or cooled: more specifically, streams 1-4 (reactor 11 a) and streams 6-9 (reactor 12 a). The upper limit on reactor feed stream temperatures may be about 90° C.; in other cases about 80° C. and in still other cases about 70° C. The lower limit on reactor feed stream temperatures may be about 0° C.; in other cases about 10° C. and in still other cases about 20° C.
  • Any combination of the streams feeding the tubular reactor may be heated or cooled; specifically, streams 13-16 in FIGS. 1 and 2. In some cases, tubular reactor feed streams are tempered, i.e., the tubular reactor feed streams are heated to at least above ambient temperature. The upper temperature limit on the tubular reactor feed streams in some cases are about 200° C., in other cases about 170° C. and in still other cases about 140° C.; the lower temperature limit on the tubular reactor feed streams in some cases are about 60° C., in other cases about 90° C. and in still other cases about 120° C.; with the proviso that the temperature of the tubular reactor feed streams are lower than the temperature of the process stream that enters the tubular reactor.
  • In the embodiments shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 the operating temperatures of the solution polymerization reactors (vessels 11 a (R1) and 12 a (R2)) can vary over a wide range. For example, the upper limit on reactor temperatures in some cases may be about 300° C., in other cases about 280° C. and in still other cases about 260° C.; and the lower limit in some cases may be about 80° C., in other cases about 100° C. and in still other cases about 125° C. The second reactor, reactor 12 a (R2), is operated at a higher temperature than the first reactor 11 a (R1). The maximum temperature difference between these two reactors (TR2−TR1) in some cases is about 120° C., in other cases about 100° C. and in still other cases about 80° C.; the minimum (TR2−TR1) in some cases is about 1° C., in other cases about 5° C. and in still other cases about 10° C. The optional tubular reactor, reactor 17 (R3), may be operated in some cases about 100° C. higher than R2; in other cases about 60° C. higher than R2, in still other cases about 10° C. higher than R2 and in alternative cases 0° C. higher, i.e. the same temperature as R2. The temperature within optional R3 may increase along its length. The maximum temperature difference between the inlet and outlet of R3 in some cases is about 100° C., in other cases about 60° C. and in still other cases about 40° C. The minimum temperature difference between the inlet and outlet of R3 is in some cases may be 0° C., in other cases about 3° C. and in still other cases about 10° C. In some cases R3 is operated an adiabatic fashion and in other cases R3 is heated.
  • The pressure in the polymerization reactors should be high enough to maintain the polymerization solution as a single phase solution and to provide the upstream pressure to force the polymer solution from the reactors through a heat exchanger and on to polymer recovery operations. Referring to the embodiments shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the operating pressure of the solution polymerization reactors can vary over a wide range. For example, the upper limit on reactor pressure in some cases may be about 45 MPag, in other cases about 30 MPag and in still other cases about 20 MPag; and the lower limit in some cases may be about 3 MPag, in other some cases about 5 MPag and in still other cases about 7 MPag.
  • Referring to the embodiments shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, prior to entering the first V/L separator, the passivated solution (stream 23) may have a maximum temperature in some cases of about 300° C., in other cases about 290° C. and in still other cases about 280° C.; the minimum temperature may be in some cases about 150° C., in other cases about 200° C. and in still other cases about 220° C. Immediately prior to entering the first V/L separator the passivated solution in some cases may have a maximum pressure of about 40 MPag, in other cases about 25 MPag and in still cases about 15 MPag; the minimum pressure in some cases may be about 1.5 MPag, in other cases about 5 MPag and in still other cases about 6 MPag.
  • The first V/L separator (vessel 25 in FIGS. 1 and 2) may be operated over a relatively broad range of temperatures and pressures. For example, the maximum operating temperature of the first V/L separator in some cases may be about 300° C., in other cases about 285° C. and in still other cases about 270° C.; the minimum operating temperature in some cases may be about 100° C., in other cases about 140° C. and in still other cases 170° C. The maximum operating pressure of the first V/L separator in some cases may be about 20 MPag, in other cases about 10 MPag and in still other cases about 5 MPag; the minimum operating pressure in some cases may be about 1 MPag, in other cases about 2 MPag and in still other cases about 3 MPag.
  • The second V/L separator (vessel 28 in FIGS. 1 and 2) may be operated over a relatively broad range of temperatures and pressures. For example, the maximum operating temperature of the second V/L separator in some cases may be about 300° C., in other cases about 250° C. and in still other cases about 200° C.; the minimum operating temperature in some cases may be about 100° C., in other cases about 125° C. and in still other cases about 150° C. The maximum operating pressure of the second V/L separator in some cases may be about 1000 kPag, in other cases about 900 kPag and in still other cases about 800 kPag; the minimum operating pressure in some cases may be about 10 kPag, in other cases about 20 kPag and in still other cases about 30 kPag.
  • The third V/L separator (vessel 31 in FIGS. 1 and 2) may be operated over a relatively broad range of temperatures and pressures. For example, the maximum operating temperature of the third V/L separator in some cases may be about 300° C., in other cases about 250° C., and in still other cases about 200° C.; the minimum operating temperature in some cases may be about 100° C., in other cases about 125° C. and in still other cases about 150° C. The maximum operating pressure of the third V/L separator in some cases may be about 500 kPag, in other cases about 150 kPag and in still other cases about 100 kPag; the minimum operating pressure in some cases may be about 1 kPag, in other cases about 10 kPag and in still other cases about 25 kPag.
  • Embodiments of the continuous solution polymerization process shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 show three V/L separators. However, continuous solution polymerization embodiments may include configurations comprising at least one V/L separator.
  • The ethylene interpolymer products having improved color produced in the continuous solution polymerization process may be recovered using conventional devolatilization systems that are well known to persons skilled in the art, non-limiting examples include flash devolatilization systems and devolatilizing extruders.
  • Any reactor shape or design may be used for reactor 11 a (R1) and reactor 12 a (R2) in FIGS. 1 and 2; non-limiting examples include unstirred or stirred spherical, cylindrical or tank-like vessels, as well as tubular reactors or recirculating loop reactors. At commercial scale the maximum volume of R1 in some cases may be about 20,000 gallons (about 75,710 L), in other cases about 10,000 gallons (about 37,850 L) and in still other cases about 5,000 gallons (about 18,930 L). At commercial scale the minimum volume of R1 in some cases may be about 100 gallons (about 379 L), in other cases about 500 gallons (about 1,893 L) and in still other cases about 1,000 gallons (about 3,785 L). At pilot plant scales reactor volumes are typically much smaller, for example the volume of R1 at pilot scale could be less than about 2 gallons (less than about 7.6 L). In this disclosure the volume of reactor R2 is expressed as a percent of the volume of reactor R1. The upper limit on the volume of R2 in some cases may be about 600% of R1, in other cases about 400% of R1 and in still other cases about 200% of R1. For clarity, if the volume of R1 is 5,000 gallons and R2 is 200% the volume of R1, then R2 has a volume of 10,000 gallons. The lower limit on the volume of R2 in some cases may be about 50% of R1, in other cases about 100% of R1 and in still other cases about 150% of R1. In the case of continuously stirred tank reactors the stirring rate can vary over a wide range; in some cases from about 10 rpm to about 2000 rpm, in other cases from about 100 to about 1500 rpm and in still other cases from about 200 to about 1300 rpm. In this disclosure the volume of R3, the tubular reactor, is expressed as a percent of the volume of reactor R2. The upper limit on the volume of R3 in some cases may be about 500% of R2, in other cases about 300% of R2 and in still other cases about 100% of R2. The lower limit on the volume of R3 in some cases may be about 3% of R2, in other cases about 10% of R2 and in still other cases about 50% of R2.
  • The “average reactor residence time”, a commonly used parameter in the chemical engineering art, is defined by the first moment of the reactor residence time distribution; the reactor residence time distribution is a probability distribution function that describes the amount of time that a fluid element spends inside the reactor. The average reactor residence time can vary widely depending on process flow rates and reactor mixing, design and capacity. The upper limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R1 in some cases may be about 600 seconds, in other cases about 360 seconds and in still other cases about 180 seconds. The lower limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R1 in some cases may be about 10 seconds, in other cases about 20 seconds and in still other cases about 40 seconds. The upper limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R2 in some cases may be about 720 seconds, in other cases about 480 seconds and in still other cases about 240 seconds. The lower limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R2 in some cases may be about 10 seconds, in other cases about 30 seconds and in still other cases about 60 seconds. The upper limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R3 in some cases may be about 600 seconds, in other cases about 360 seconds and in still other cases about 180 seconds. The lower limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R3 in some cases may be about 1 second, in other cases about 5 seconds and in still other cases about 10 seconds.
  • Optionally, additional reactors (e.g., CSTRs, loops or tubes, etc.) could be added to the continuous solution polymerization process embodiments shown in FIGS. 1 and 2. In this disclosure, the number of reactors is not particularly important; with the proviso that the continuous solution polymerization process comprises at least two reactors that employ at least one single-site catalyst formulation and at least one heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
  • In operating the continuous solution polymerization process embodiments shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 the total amount of ethylene supplied to the process can be portioned or split between the three reactors R1, R2 and R3. This operational variable is referred to as the Ethylene Split (ES), i.e. “ESR1” “ESR2” and “ESR3” refer to the weight percent of ethylene injected in R1, R2 and R3, respectively; with the proviso that ESR1+ESR2+ESR3=100%. This is accomplished by adjusting the ethylene flow rates in the following streams: stream 2 (R1), stream 7 (R2) and stream 14 (R3). The upper limit on ESR1 in some cases is about 60%, in other cases about 55% and in still other cases about 50%; the lower limit on ESR1 in some cases is about 10%, in other cases about 15% and in still other cases about 20%. The upper limit on ESR2 in some cases is about 90%, in other cases about 80% and in still other cases about 70%; the lower limit on ESR2 in some cases is about 20%, in other cases about 30% and in still other cases about 40%. The upper limit on ESR3 in some cases is about 30%, in other cases about 25% and in still other cases about 20%; the lower limit on ESR3 in some cases is 0%, in other cases about 5% and in still other cases about 10%.
  • In operating the continuous solution polymerization process embodiments shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 the ethylene concentration in each reactor is also controlled. The R1 ethylene concentration is defined as the weight of ethylene in reactor 1 divided by the total weight of everything added to reactor 1; the R2 ethylene concentration (wt %) and R3 ethylene concentration (wt %) are defined similarly. Ethylene concentrations in the reactors in some cases may vary from about 7 weight percent (wt %) to about 25 wt %, in other cases from about 8 wt % to about 20 wt % and in still other cases from about 9 wt % to about 17 wt %.
  • In operating the continuous solution polymerization process embodiments shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 that produce ethylene interpolymers having improved color, the total amount of ethylene converted in each reactor is monitored. The term “QR1” refers to the percent of the ethylene added to R1 that is converted into an ethylene interpolymer by the catalyst formulation. Similarly QR2 and QR3 represent the percent of the ethylene added to R2 and R3 that was converted into ethylene interpolymer, in the respective reactor. Ethylene conversions can vary significantly depending on a variety of process conditions, e.g. catalyst concentration, catalyst formulation, impurities and poisons. The upper limit on both QR1 and QR2 in some cases is about 99%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%; the lower limit on both QR1 and QR2 in some cases is about 65%, in other cases about 70% and in still other cases about 75%. The upper limit on QR3 in some cases is about 99%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%; the lower limit on QR3 in some cases is 0%, in other cases about 5% and in still other cases about 10%. The term “QT” represents the total or overall ethylene conversion across the entire continuous solution polymerization plant; i.e. QT=100×[weight of ethylene in the interpolymer product]/([weight of ethylene in the interpolymer product]+[weight of unreacted ethylene]). The upper limit on QT in some cases is about 99%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%; the lower limit on QT in some cases is about 75%, in other cases about 80% and in still other cases about 85%.
  • Optionally, α-olefin may be added to the continuous solution polymerization process. If added, α-olefin may be proportioned or split between R1, R2 and R3. This operational variable is referred to as the Comonomer Split (CS), i.e. “CSR1”, “CSR2” and “CSR3” refer to the weight percent of α-olefin comonomer that is injected in R1, R2 and R3, respectively; with the proviso that CSR1+CSR2+CSR3=100%. This is accomplished by adjusting α-olefin flow rates in the following streams: stream 3 (R1), stream 8 (R2) and stream 15 (R3). The upper limit on CSR1 in some cases is 100% (i.e. 100% of the α-olefin is injected into R1), in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%. The lower limit on CSR1 in some cases is 0% (ethylene homopolymer produced in R1), in other cases about 5% and in still other cases about 10%. The upper limit on CSR2 in some cases is about 100% (i.e., 100% of the α-olefin is injected into reactor 2), in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%. The lower limit on CSR2 in some cases is 0%, in other cases about 5% and in still other cases about 10%. The upper limit on CSR3 in some cases is 100%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%. The lower limit on CSR3 in some cases is 0%, in other cases about 5% and in still other cases about 10%.
  • Catalyst Deactivation
  • In the continuous polymerization processes described in this disclosure, polymerization is terminated by adding a catalyst deactivator. Embodiments in FIGS. 1 and 2 show catalyst deactivation occurring either: (a) upstream of the tubular reactor by adding a catalyst deactivator A from catalyst deactivator tank 18A, or; (b) downstream of the tubular reactor by adding a catalyst deactivator B from catalyst deactivator tank 18B. Catalyst deactivator tanks 18A and 18B may contain neat (100%) catalyst deactivator, a solution of catalyst deactivator in a solvent, or a slurry of catalyst deactivator in a solvent. The chemical composition of catalyst deactivator A and B may be the same, or different. Non-limiting examples of suitable solvents include linear or branched C5 to C12 alkanes. In this disclosure, how the catalyst deactivator is added is not particularly important. Once added, the catalyst deactivator substantially stops the polymerization reaction by changing active catalyst species to inactive forms. Suitable deactivators are well known in the art, non-limiting examples include: amines (e.g. U.S. Pat. No. 4,803,259 to Zboril et al.); alkali or alkaline earth metal salts of carboxylic acid (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,105,609 to Machan et al.); water (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,731,438 to Bernier et al.); hydrotalcites, alcohols and carboxylic acids (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,379,882 to Miyata); or a combination thereof (U.S. Pat. No. 6,180,730 to Sibtain et al.). In this disclosure the quantify of catalyst deactivator added was determined by the following catalyst deactivator molar ratio: 0.3≤(catalyst deactivator)/((total catalytic metal)+(alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)+(aluminum alkyl))≤2.0; where the catalytic metal is the total moles of (metal A+metal B+optional metal C). The upper limit on the catalyst deactivator molar ratio may be about 2, in some cases about 1.5 and in other cases about 0.75. The lower limit on the catalyst deactivator molar ratio may be about 0.3, in some cases about 0.35 and in still other cases about 0.4. In general, the catalyst deactivator is added in a minimal amount such that the catalyst is deactivated and the polymerization reaction is quenched.
  • Solution Passivation
  • Referring to the embodiments shown in FIGS. 1 and 2; prior to entering the first V/L separator, a passivator or acid scavenger is added to deactivated solution A or B to form a passivated solution, i.e. passivated solution stream 23. Passivator tank 22 may contain neat (100%) passivator, a solution of passivator in a solvent, or a slurry of passivator in a solvent. Non-limiting examples of suitable solvents include linear or branched C5 to C12 alkanes. In this disclosure, how the passivator is added is not particularly important. Suitable passivators are well known in the art, non-limiting examples include alkali or alkaline earth metal salts of carboxylic acids or hydrotalcites. The quantity of passivator added can vary over a wide range. In this disclosure the molar quantity of passivator added was determined by the total moles of chloride compounds added to the solution process, i.e. the chloride compound “component (vi)” plus the metal compound “compound (vii)”. Optionally, a first and second chloride compound and a first and second metal compound may be used, i.e. to form the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulations; in this case the amount of passivator added is determined by the total moles all chloride containing compounds. The upper limit on passivator mole ratio (moles passivator)/(total chlorides) molar ratio may be 20, in some cases 15 and in other cases 10. The lower limit on the (passivator)/(total chlorides) molar ratio may be about 5, in some cases about 7 and in still other cases about 9. In general, the passivator is added in the minimal amount to substantially passivate the deactivated solution.
  • First Ethylene Interpolymer
  • The first ethylene interpolymer is produced with a single-site catalyst formulation. Referring to the embodiments shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, if the optional α-olefin is not added to reactor 1 (R1), then the ethylene interpolymer produced in R1 is an ethylene homopolymer. If an α-olefin is added, the following weight ratio is one parameter to control the density of the first ethylene interpolymer: ((α-olefin)/(ethylene))R1. The upper limit on ((α-olefin)/(ethylene))R1 may be about 3; in other cases about 2 and in still other cases about 1. The lower limit on ((α-olefin)/(ethylene))R1 may be 0; in other cases about 0.25 and in still other cases about 0.5. Hereafter, the symbol “σ1” refers to the density of the first ethylene interpolymer produced in R1. The upper limit on σ1 may be about 0.975 g/cm3; in some cases about 0.965 g/cm3 and; in other cases about 0.955 g/cm3. The lower limit on σ1 may be about 0.855 g/cm3, in some cases about 0.865 g/cm3, and; in other cases about 0.875 g/cm3.
  • Methods to determine the CDBI50 (Composition Distribution Branching Index) of an ethylene interpolymer are well known to those skilled in the art. The CDBI50, expressed as a percent, is defined as the percent of the ethylene interpolymer whose comonomer composition is within 50% of the median comonomer composition. It is also well known to those skilled in the art that the CDBI50 of ethylene interpolymers produced with single-site catalyst formulations are higher relative to the CDBI50 of α-olefin containing ethylene interpolymers produced with heterogeneous catalyst formulations. The upper limit on the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer (produced with a single-site catalyst formulation) may be about 98%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%. The lower limit on the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 70%, in other cases about 75% and in still other cases about 80%.
  • As is well known to those skilled in the art the Mw/Mn of ethylene interpolymers produced with single site catalyst formulations are lower relative to ethylene interpolymers produced with heterogeneous catalyst formulations. Thus, in the embodiments disclosed, the first ethylene interpolymer has a lower Mw/Mn relative to the second ethylene interpolymer; where the second ethylene interpolymer is produced with a heterogeneous catalyst formulation. The upper limit on the Mw/Mn of the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.8, in other cases about 2.5 and in still other cases about 2.2. The lower limit on the Mw/Mn the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 1.7, in other cases about 1.8 and in still other cases about 1.9.
  • The first ethylene interpolymer contains catalyst residues that reflect the chemical composition of the single-site catalyst formulation used. Those skilled in the art will understand that catalyst residues are typically quantified by the parts per million of catalytic metal in the first ethylene interpolymer, where metal refers to the metal in component (i), i.e. the metal in the “bulky ligand-metal complex”; hereafter this metal will be referred to “metal A”. As recited earlier in this disclosure, non-limiting examples of metal A include Group 4 metals, titanium, zirconium and hafnium. The upper limit on the ppm of metal A in the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 1.0 ppm, in other cases about 0.9 ppm and in still other cases about 0.8 ppm. The lower limit on the ppm of metal A in the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 0.01 ppm, in other cases about 0.1 ppm and in still other cases about 0.2 ppm.
  • The amount of hydrogen added to R1 can vary over a wide range allowing the continuous solution process to produce first ethylene interpolymers that differ greatly in melt index, hereafter I2 1 (melt index is measured at 190° C. using a 2.16 kg load following the procedures outlined in ASTM D1238). This is accomplished by adjusting the hydrogen flow rate in stream 4 (as shown in FIGS. 1 and 2). The quantity of hydrogen added to R1 is expressed as the parts-per-million (ppm) of hydrogen in R1 relative to the total mass in reactor R1; hereafter H2 R1 (ppm). In some cases H2 R1 (ppm) ranges from about 100 ppm to 0 ppm, in other cases from about 50 ppm to 0 ppm, in alternative cases from about 20 to 0 and in still other cases from about 2 ppm to 0 ppm. The upper limit on I2 1 may be about 200 dg/min, in some cases about 100 dg/min; in other cases about 50 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 1 dg/min. The lower limit on I2 1 may be about 0.01 dg/min, in some cases about 0.05 dg/min; in other cases about 0.1 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.5 dg/min.
  • The upper limit on the weight percent (wt %) of the first ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 60 wt %, in other cases about 55 wt % and in still other cases about 50 wt %. The lower limit on the wt % of the first ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 15 wt %; in other cases about 25 wt % and in still other cases about 30 wt %.
  • Second Ethylene Interpolymer
  • Referring to the embodiments shown in FIG. 1, if optional α-olefin is not added to reactor 12 a (R2) either through fresh α-olefin stream 8 or carried over from reactor 11 a (R1) in stream 11 e (in series mode), then the ethylene interpolymer produced in reactor 12 a (R2) is an ethylene homopolymer. If an optional α-olefin is present in R2, the following weight ratio is one parameter to control the density of the second ethylene interpolymer produced in R2: ((α-olefin)/(ethylene))R2. The upper limit on ((α-olefin)/(ethylene))R2 may be about 3; in other cases about 2 and in still other cases about 1. The lower limit on ((α-olefin)/(ethylene))R2 may be 0; in other cases about 0.25 and in still other cases about 0.5. Hereafter, the symbol “σ2” refers to the density of the ethylene interpolymer produced in R2. The upper limit on σ2 may be about 0.975 g/cm3; in some cases about 0.965 g/cm3 and; in other cases about 0.955 g/cm3. Depending on the heterogeneous catalyst formulation used, the lower limit on σ2 may be about 0.89 g/cm3, in some cases about 0.90 g/cm3, and; in other cases about 0.91 g/cm3. The ranges disclosed in this paragraph also apply to the embodiments shown in FIG. 2.
  • A heterogeneous catalyst formulation is used to produce the second ethylene interpolymer. If the second ethylene interpolymer contains an α-olefin, the CDBI50 of the second ethylene interpolymer is lower relative to the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer that was produced with a single-site catalyst formulation. In an embodiment of this disclosure, the upper limit on the CDBI50 of the second ethylene interpolymer (that contains an α-olefin) may be about 70%, in other cases about 65% and in still other cases about 60%. In an embodiment of this disclosure, the lower limit on the CDBI50 of the second ethylene interpolymer (that contains an α-olefin) may be about 45%, in other cases about 50% and in still other cases about 55%. If an α-olefin is not added to the continuous solution polymerization process the second ethylene interpolymer is an ethylene homopolymer. In the case of a homopolymer, which does not contain α-olefin, one can still measure a CDBI50 using TREF. In the case of a homopolymer, the upper limit on the CDBI50 of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 98%, in other cases about 96% and in still other cases about 95%, and; the lower limit on the CDBI50 may be about 88%, in other cases about 89% and in still other cases about 90%. It is well known to those skilled in the art that as the α-olefin content in the second ethylene interpolymer approaches zero, there is a smooth transition between the recited CDBI50 limits for the second ethylene interpolymers (that contain an α-olefin) and the recited CDBI50 limits for the second ethylene interpolymers that are ethylene homopolymers. Typically, the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer is higher than the CDBI50 of the second ethylene interpolymer.
  • The Mw/Mn of second ethylene interpolymer is higher than the Mw/Mn of the first ethylene interpolymer. The upper limit on the Mw/Mn of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 4.4, in other cases about 4.2 and in still other cases about 4.0. The lower limit on the Mw/Mn of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.2. Mw/Mn's of 2.2 are observed when the melt index of the second ethylene interpolymer is high, or when the melt index of the ethylene interpolymer product is high, e.g., greater than 10 dg/minute. In other cases the lower limit on the Mw/Mn of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.4 and in still other cases about 2.6.
  • The second ethylene interpolymer contains catalyst residues that reflect the chemical composition of the heterogeneous catalyst formulation. Those skilled in the art with understand that heterogeneous catalyst residues are typically quantified by the parts per million of catalytic metal in the second ethylene interpolymer, where the metal refers to the metal originating from “component (vii)”, i.e., the metal compound; hereafter this metal will be referred to as “metal B”. As recited earlier in this disclosure, non-limiting examples of metal B include metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8 of the Periodic Table, or mixtures of metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8. The upper limit on the ppm of metal B in the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 12 ppm, in other cases about 10 ppm and in still other cases about 8 ppm. The lower limit on the ppm of metal B in the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 2 ppm, in other cases about 3 ppm and in still other cases about 4 ppm. While not wishing to be bound by any particular theory, in series mode of operation it is believed that the chemical environment within the second reactor deactivates the single site catalyst formulation, or; in parallel mode of operation the chemical environment within stream 12 d deactivates the single site catalyst formation.
  • Referring to the embodiments shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the amount of hydrogen added to R2 can vary over a wide range which allows the continuous solution process to produce second ethylene interpolymers that differ greatly in melt index, hereafter I2 2. This is accomplished by adjusting the hydrogen flow rate in stream 9. The quantity of hydrogen added is expressed as the parts-per-million (ppm) of hydrogen in R2 relative to the total mass in reactor R2; hereafter H2 R2 (ppm). In some cases H2 R2 (ppm) ranges from about 50 ppm to 0 ppm, in some cases from about 25 ppm to 0 ppm, in other cases from about 10 to 0 and in still other cases from about 2 ppm to 0 ppm. The upper limit on I2 2 may be about 1000 dg/min; in some cases about 750 dg/min; in other cases about 500 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 200 dg/min. The lower limit on I2 2 may be about 0.3 dg/min, in some cases about 0.4 dg/min, in other cases about 0.5 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.6 dg/min.
  • The upper limit on the weight percent (wt %) of the second ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 85 wt %, in other cases about 80 wt % and in still other cases about 70 wt %. The lower limit on the wt % of the second ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 30 wt %; in other cases about 40 wt % and in still other cases about 50 wt %.
  • Third Ethylene Interpolymer
  • Referring to the embodiments shown in FIG. 1 a third ethylene interpolymer is not produced in reactor 17 (R3) if catalyst deactivator A is added upstream of reactor 17 via catalyst deactivator tank 18A. If catalyst deactivator A is not added and optional α-olefin is not added to reactor 17 either through fresh α-olefin stream 15 or carried over from reactor 12 a (R2) in stream 12 c (series mode) or stream 12 d (parallel mode) then the ethylene interpolymer produced in reactor 17 is an ethylene homopolymer. If catalyst deactivator A is not added and optional α-olefin is present in R3, the following weight ratio determines the density of the third ethylene interpolymer: ((α-olefin)/(ethylene))R3. In the continuous solution polymerization process ((α-olefin)/(ethylene))R3 is one of the control parameter used to produce a third ethylene interpolymer with a desired density. The upper limit on ((α-olefin)/(ethylene))R3 may be about 3; in other cases about 2 and in still other cases about 1. The lower limit on ((α-olefin)/(ethylene))R3 may be 0; in other cases about 0.25 and in still other cases about 0.5. Hereafter, the symbol “03” refers to the density of the ethylene interpolymer produced in R3. The upper limit on σ3 may be about 0.975 g/cm3; in some cases about 0.965 g/cm3 and; in other cases about 0.955 g/cm3. Depending on the heterogeneous catalyst formulations used, the lower limit on σ3 may be about 0.89 g/cm3, in some cases about 0.90 g/cm3, and; in other cases about 0.91 g/cm3. Optionally, a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation may be added to R3. The ranges disclosed in this paragraph also apply to the embodiments shown in FIG. 2.
  • Typically, the upper limit on the CDBI50 of the optional third ethylene interpolymer (containing an α-olefin) may be about 65%, in other cases about 60% and in still other cases about 55%. The CDBI50 of an α-olefin containing optional third ethylene interpolymer will be lower than the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer produced with the single-site catalyst formulation. Typically, the lower limit on the CDBI50 of the optional third ethylene interpolymer (containing an α-olefin) may be about 35%, in other cases about 40% and in still other cases about 45%. If an α-olefin is not added to the continuous solution polymerization process the optional third ethylene interpolymer is an ethylene homopolymer. In the case of an ethylene homopolymer the upper limit on the CDBI50 may be about 98%, in other cases about 96% and in still other cases about 95%, and; the lower limit on the CDBI50 may be about 88%, in other cases about 89% and in still other cases about 90%. Typically, the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer is higher than the CDBI50 of the third ethylene interpolymer and second ethylene interpolymer.
  • The upper limit on the Mw/Mn of the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 5.0, in other cases about 4.8 and in still other cases about 4.5. The lower limit on the Mw/Mn of the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.2, in other cases about 2.4 and in still other cases about 2.6. The Mw/Mn of the optional third ethylene interpolymer is higher than the Mw/Mn of the first ethylene interpolymer. When blended together, the second and third ethylene interpolymer have a fourth Mw/Mn which is not broader than the Mw/Mn of the second ethylene interpolymer.
  • The catalyst residues in the optional third ethylene interpolymer reflect the chemical composition of the heterogeneous catalyst formulation(s) used, i.e. the first and optionally a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation. The chemical compositions of the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulations may be the same or different; for example, a first component (vii) and a second component (vii) may be used to synthesize the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulation. As recited above, “metal B” refers to the metal that originates from the first component (vii). Hereafter, “metal C” refers to the metal that originates from the second component (vii). Metal B and optional metal C may be the same, or different. Non-limiting examples of metal B and metal C include metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8 of the Periodic Table, or mixtures of metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8. The upper limit on the ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 12 ppm, in other cases about 10 ppm and in still other cases about 8 ppm. The lower limit on the ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 2 ppm, in other cases about 3 ppm and in still other cases about 4 ppm.
  • Referring to the embodiments shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, optional hydrogen may be added to the tubular reactor (R3) via stream 16. The amount of hydrogen added to R3 may vary over a wide range. Adjusting the amount of hydrogen in R3, hereafter H2 R3 (ppm), allows the continuous solution process to produce optional third ethylene interpolymers that differ widely in melt index, hereafter I2 3. The amount of optional hydrogen added to R3 ranges from about 50 ppm to 0 ppm, in some cases from about 25 ppm to 0 ppm, in other cases from about 10 to 0 and in still other cases from about 2 ppm to 0 ppm. The upper limit on I2 3 may be about 2000 dg/min; in some cases about 1500 dg/min; in other cases about 1000 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 500 dg/min. The lower limit on I2 3 may be about 0.5 dg/min, in some cases about 0.6 dg/min, in other cases about 0.7 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.8 dg/min.
  • The upper limit on the weight percent (wt %) of the optional third ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 30 wt %, in other cases about 25 wt % and in still other cases about 20 wt %. The lower limit on the wt % of the optional third ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be 0 wt %; in other cases about 5 wt % and in still other cases about 10 wt %.
  • Ethylene Interpolymer Product
  • The upper limit on the density of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.975 g/cm3; in some cases about 0.965 g/cm3 and; in other cases about 0.955 g/cm3. The lower limit on the density of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.869 g/cm3, in some cases about 0.879 g/cm3, and; in other cases about 0.889 g/cm3.
  • The upper limit on the CDBI50 of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 97%, in other cases about 90% and in still other cases about 85%. An ethylene interpolymer product with a CDBI50 of 97% may result if an α-olefin is not added to the continuous solution polymerization process; in this case, the ethylene interpolymer product is an ethylene homopolymer. The lower limit on the CDBI50 of an ethylene interpolymer may be about 20%, in other cases about 40% and in still other cases about 60%.
  • The upper limit on the Mw/Mn of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 25, in other cases about 15 and in still other cases about 9. The lower limit on the Mw/Mn of the ethylene interpolymer product may be 2.0, in other cases about 2.2 and in still other cases about 2.4.
  • The catalyst residues in the ethylene interpolymer product reflect the chemical compositions of: the single-site catalyst formulation employed in R1; the first heterogeneous catalyst formulation employed in R2, and; optionally the first or optionally the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulation employed in R3. In this disclosure, catalyst residues were quantified by measuring the parts per million of catalytic metal in the ethylene interpolymer products. In addition, the elemental quantities (ppm) of magnesium, chlorine and aluminum were quantified. Catalytic metals originate from two or optionally three sources, specifically: 1) “metal A” that originates from component (i) that was used to form the single-site catalyst formulation; (2) “metal B” that originates from the first component (vii) that was used to form the first heterogeneous catalyst formulation, and; (3) optionally “metal C” that originates from the second component (vii) that was used to form the optional second heterogeneous catalyst formulation. Metals A, B and C may be the same or different. In this disclosure the term “total catalytic metal” is equivalent to the sum of catalytic metals A+B+C. Further, in this disclosure the terms “first total catalytic metal” and “second total catalyst metal” are used to differentiate between the amount of catalytic metal in the first and second ethylene interpolymer.
  • The upper limit on the ppm of metal A in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.6 ppm, in other cases about 0.5 ppm and in still other cases about 0.4 ppm. The lower limit on the ppm of metal A in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.001 ppm, in other cases about 0.01 ppm and in still other cases about 0.03 ppm. The upper limit on the ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 11 ppm, in other cases about 9 ppm and in still other cases about 7 ppm. The lower limit on the ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 2 ppm, in other cases about 3 ppm and in still other cases about 4 ppm.
  • In some embodiments, ethylene interpolymers may be produced where the catalytic metals (metals A, B and C) are the same metal; a non-limiting example would be titanium. In such embodiments, the ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product is calculated using equation (VII):

  • ppm(B+C)=((ppm(A+B+C)−(f A×ppmA))/(1−f A)  (VII)
  • where: ppm(B+C) is the calculated ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product; ppm(A+B+C) is the total ppm of catalyst residue in the ethylene interpolymer product as measured experimentally, i.e. (metal A ppm+metal B ppm+metal C ppm); fA represents the weight fraction of the first ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product, fA may vary from about 0.15 to about 0.6, and; ppmA represents the ppm of metal A in the first ethylene interpolymer. In equation (VII) ppmA is assumed to be 0.35 ppm.
  • Embodiments of the ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein have lower catalyst residues relative to the polyethylene polymers described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,277,931. Higher catalyst residues in U.S. Pat. No. 6,277,931 increase the complexity of the continuous solution polymerization process; an example of increased complexity includes additional purification steps to remove catalyst residues from the polymer. In contrast, in the present disclosure, catalyst residues are not removed. In this disclosure, the upper limit on the “total catalytic metal”, i.e., the total ppm of (metal A ppm+metal B ppm+optional metal C ppm) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 11 ppm, in other cases about 9 ppm and in still other cases about 7, and; the lower limit on the total ppm of catalyst residuals (metal A+metal B+optional metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 2 ppm, in other cases about 3 ppm and in still other cases about 4 ppm.
  • The upper limit on melt index of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 500 dg/min, in some cases about 400 dg/min; in other cases about 300 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 200 dg/min. The lower limit on the melt index of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.3 dg/min, in some cases about 0.4 dg/min; in other cases about 0.5 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.6 dg/min.
  • A computer generated ethylene interpolymer product is illustrated in Table 3; this simulations was based on fundamental kinetic models (with kinetic constants specific for each catalyst formulation) as well as feed and reactor conditions. The simulation was based on the configuration of the solution pilot plant described below; which was used to produce the examples of ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein. Simulated Example 13 was synthesized using a single-site catalyst formulation (PIC-1) in R1 and an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation in R2 and R3. Table 7 discloses a non-limiting example of the density, melt index and molecular weights of the first, second and third ethylene interpolymers produced in the three reactors (R1, R2 and R3); these three interpolymers are combined to produce Simulated Example 13 (the ethylene polymer product). As shown in Table 7, the Simulated Example 13 product has a density of 0.9169 g/cm3, a melt index of 1.0 dg/min, a branch frequency of 12.1 (the number of C6-branches per 1000 carbon atoms (1-octene comonomer)) and a Mw/Mn of 3.11. Simulated Example 13 comprises: a first, second and third ethylene interpolymer having a first, second and third melt index of 0.31 dg/min, 1.92 dg/min and 4.7 dg/min, respectively; a first, second and third density of 0.9087 g/cm3, 0.9206 g/cm3 and 0.9154 g/cm3, respectively; a first, second and third Mw/Mn of 2.03 Mw/Mn, 3.29 Mw/Mn and 3.28 Mw/Mn, respectively, and; a first, second and third CDBI50 of 90 to 95%, 55 to 60% and 45 to 55%, respectively. The simulated production rate of Simulated Example 13 was 90.9 kg/hr and the R3 exit temperature was 217.1° C.
  • Ethylene Interpolymer Product Examples
  • Tables 1A through 1C summarize solution process conditions used to produce ethylene interpolymer products Example 6 and 7, as well as Comparative Example 3; the target melt index and density targets of these samples were 0.60 dg/min and 0.915 g/cm3. Example 6 and 7 were produced using a single-site catalyst in R1 and an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst in R2. In contrast, Comparative Example 3 was produced using a single-site catalyst in both reactors R1 and R2. Table 1A-1C show higher production rates (kg/h) for Examples 6 and 7, relative to Comparative Example 3. In Examples 6 and 7 ethylene interpolymer products were produced at 85.2 and 94 kg/h, respectively; 13% and 24% higher, respectively, relative to Comparative Example 3 at 75.6 kg/h.
  • Examples 6 and 7 are two non-limiting embodiments of this disclosure; selected physical properties of Examples 6 and 7 are summarized in Table 2.
  • Example 6 is an ethylene interpolymer product that has a Dilution Index (Yd) of 4.69; a Dimensionless Modulus (Xd) of −0.08; 5.2 ppm of total catalytic metal (titanium), and; 0.038 terminal vinyls/100 carbon atoms. The Dilution Index (Yd) and Dimensionless Modulus (Xd) are fully described in the next section of this disclosure.
  • Dilution Index (Yd) of Ethylene Interpolymer Products
  • In FIG. 3 the Dilution Index (Yd, having dimensions of ° (degrees)) and Dimensionless Modulus (Xd) are plotted for several embodiments of the ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein (the solid symbols), as well as comparative ethylene interpolymer products, i.e., Comparative A, D, E and S. Further, FIG. 3 defines the following three quadrants:
      • Type I: Yd>0 and Xd<0;
      • Type II: Yd>0 and Xd>0, and;
      • Type II: Yd<0 and Xd>0.
  • The data plotted in FIG. 3 is also tabulated in Table 4. In FIG. 3, Comparative S (open triangle) was used as the rheological reference in the Dilution Index test protocol. Comparative S is an ethylene interpolymer product comprising an ethylene interpolymer synthesized using an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst in one solution reactor, i.e. SCLAIR® FP120-C which is an ethylene/1-octene interpolymer available from NOVA Chemicals Company (Calgary, Alberta, Canada). Comparatives D and E (open diamonds, Yd<0, Xd>0) are ethylene interpolymer products comprising a first ethylene interpolymer synthesized using a single-site catalyst formation and a second ethylene interpolymer synthesized using a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation employing a dual reactor solution process, i.e. Elite® 5100G and Elite® 5400G, respectively, both ethylene/1-octene interpolymers available from The Dow Chemical Company (Midland, Mich., USA). Comparative A (open square, Yd>0 and Xd<0) was an ethylene interpolymer product comprising a first and second ethylene interpolymer synthesized using a single-site catalyst formation in a dual reactor solution process, i.e., SURPASS® FPs117-C which is an ethylene/1-octene interpolymer available from NOVA Chemicals Company (Calgary, Alberta, Canada).
  • The following defines the Dilution Index (Yd) and Dimensionless Modulus (Xd). In addition to having molecular weights, molecular weight distributions and branching structures, blends of ethylene interpolymers may exhibit a hierarchical structure in the melt phase. In other words, the ethylene interpolymer components may be, or may not be, homogeneous down to the molecular level depending on interpolymer miscibility and the physical history of the blend. Such hierarchical physical structure in the melt is expected to have a strong impact on flow and hence on processing and converting; as well as the end-use properties of manufactured articles. The nature of this hierarchical physical structure between interpolymers can be characterized.
  • The hierarchical physical structure of ethylene interpolymers can be characterized using melt rheology. A convenient method can be based on the small amplitude frequency sweep tests. Such rheology results are expressed as the phase angle δ as a function of complex modulus G*, referred to as van Gurp-Palmen plots (as described in M. Van Gurp, J. Palmen, Rheol. Bull. (1998) 67(1): 5-8, and; Dealy J, Plazek D. Rheol. Bull. (2009) 78(2): 16-31). For a typical ethylene interpolymer, the phase angle S increases toward its upper bound of 90° with G* becoming sufficiently low. A typical VGP plot is shown in FIG. 4. The VGP plots are a signature of resin architecture. The rise of δ toward 90° is monotonic for an ideally linear, monodisperse interpolymer. The S(G*) for a branched interpolymer or a blend containing a branched interpolymer may show an inflection point that reflects the topology of the branched interpolymer (see S. Trinkle, P. Walter, C. Friedrich, Rheo. Acta (2002) 41: 103-113). The deviation of the phase angle δ from the monotonic rise may indicate a deviation from the ideal linear interpolymer either due to presence of long chain branching if the inflection point is low (e.g., δ≤20°) or a blend containing at least two interpolymers having dissimilar branching structure if the inflection point is high (e.g., δ≥70θ).
  • For commercially available linear low density polyethylenes, inflection points are not observed; with the exception of some commercial polyethylenes that contain a small amount of long chain branching (LCB). To use the VGP plots regardless of presence of LCB, an alternative is to use the point where the frequency ωc is two decades below the cross-over frequency ωc, i.e., ωc=0.01ωx. The cross-over point is taken as the reference as it is known to be a characteristic point that correlates with MI, density and other specifications of an ethylene interpolymer. The cross-over modulus is related to the plateau modulus for a given molecular weight distribution (see S. Wu. J Polym Sci, Polym Phys Ed (1989) 27:723; M. R. Nobile, F. Cocchini. Rheol Acta (2001) 40:111). The two decade shift in phase angle δ is to find the comparable points where the individual viscoelastic responses of constituents could be detected; to be more clear, this two decade shift is shown in FIG. 5. The complex modulus Gc* for this point is normalized to the cross-over modulus, Gx*/(√{square root over (2)}), as (√{square root over (2)})Gc*/Gx*, to minimize the variation due to overall molecular weight, molecular weight distribution and the short chain branching. As a result, the coordinates on VGP plots for this low frequency point at ωc=0.01ωx, namely (√{square root over (2)})Gc*/Gx* and δc, characterize the contribution due to blending. Similar to the inflection points, the closer the ((√{square root over (2)})Gc*/Gx*, δc) point is toward the 90° upper bound, the more the blend behaves as if it were an ideal single component.
  • As an alternative way to avoid interference due to the molecular weight, molecular weight distribution and the short branching of the ethylene δc interpolymer ingredients, the coordinates (Gc*, δc) are compared to a reference sample of interest to form the following two parameters:
  • “Dilution Index (Yd)”

  • Ydc−(C0−C1 e C 2 ln G c *)
  • “Dimensionless Modulus (Xd)”

  • Xd=G0.01ω c */Gr*
  • The constants C0, C1, and C2 are determined by fitting the VGP data δ(G*) of the reference sample to the following equation:

  • δ=C0−C1 e C 2 ln G*
  • Gr* is the complex modulus of this reference sample at its δc=δ(0.01ωx). When an ethylene interpolymer, synthesized with an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst employing one solution reactor, having a density of 0.920 g/cm3 and a melt index (MI or I2) of 1.0 dg/min is taken as a reference sample, the constants are:
  • C0=93.43°
  • C1=1.316°
  • C2=0.2945
  • Gr*=9432 Pa.
  • The values of these constants can be different if the rheology test protocol differs from that specified herein.
  • These regrouped coordinates (Xd, Yd) from (Gc*, δc) allows comparison between ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein with Comparative examples. The Dilution Index (Yd) reflects whether the blend behaves like a simple blend of linear ethylene interpolymers (lacking hierarchical structure in the melt) or shows a distinctive response that reflects a hierarchical physical structure within the melt. The lower the Yd, the more the sample shows separate responses from the ethylene interpolymers that comprise the blend; the higher the Yd the more the sample behaves like a single component, or single ethylene interpolymer.
  • Returning to FIG. 3: Type I (upper left quadrant) ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure (solid symbols) have Yd>0; in contrast, Type III (lower right quadrant) comparative ethylene interpolymers, Comparative D and E have Yd<0. In the case of Type I ethylene interpolymer products (solid circles), the first ethylene interpolymer (single-site catalyst) and the second ethylene interpolymer (in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst) behave as a simple blend of two ethylene interpolymers and a hierarchical structure within the melt does not exist. However, in the case of Comparatives D and E (open diamonds), the melt comprising a first ethylene interpolymer (single-site catalyst) and a second ethylene interpolymer (batch Ziegler Natta catalyst) possesses a hierarchical structure.
  • The ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure fall into one of two quadrants: Type I with Xd<0, or; Type II with Xd>0. The Dimensionless Modulus (Xd), reflects differences (relative to the reference sample) that are related to the overall molecular weight, molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) and short chain branching. Not wishing to be bound by theory, conceptually, the Dimensionless Modulus (Xd) may be considered to be related to the Mw/Mn and the radius of gyration (<Rg>2) of the ethylene interpolymer in the melt; conceptually, increasing Xd has similar effects as increasing Mw/Mn and/or <Rg>2, without the risk of including lower molecular weight fraction and sacrificing certain related properties.
  • Relative to Comparative A (recall that Comparative A comprises a first and second ethylene interpolymer synthesized with a single-site catalyst) the solution process disclosed herein enables the manufacture of ethylene interpolymer products having higher Xd. Not wishing to be bound by theory, as Xd increases the macromolecular coils of higher molecular weight fraction are more expanded (conceptually higher <Rg>2) and upon crystallization the probability of tie chain formation is increased resulting in higher toughness properties; the polyethylene art is replete with disclosures that correlate higher toughness (higher dart impact in film applications and improved ESCR and/or PENT in molding applications) with an increasing probability of tie chain formation.
  • In the Dilution Index testing protocol, the upper limit on Yd may be about 20, in some cases about 15 and is other cases about 13. The lower limit on Yd may be about −30, in some cases −25, in other cases −20 and in still other cases −15.
  • In the Dilution Index testing protocol, the upper limit on Xd is 1.0, in some cases about 0.95 and in other cases about 0.9. The lower limit on Xd is −2, in some cases −1.5 and in still other cases −1.0.
  • Terminal Vinyl Unsaturation of Ethylene Interpolymer Products
  • The ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure are further characterized by a terminal vinyl unsaturation greater than or equal to 0.03 terminal vinyl groups per 100 carbon atoms (≥0.03 terminal vinyls/100 C); as determine via Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy according to ASTM ASTM D3124-98 and ASTM D6248-98.
  • FIG. 6 compares the terminal vinyl/100 C content of the ethylene interpolymers of this disclosure with several Comparatives. The data shown in FIG. 6 is also tabulated in Tables 5A and 5B. All of the comparatives in FIG. 6 and Tables 5A and 5B are Elite® products available from The Dow Chemical Company (Midland, Mich., USA); Elite products are ethylene interpolymers produced in a dual reactor solution process and comprise an interpolymer synthesized using a single-site catalyst and an interpolymer synthesized using a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst: Comparative B is Elite 5401G; Comparative C is Elite 5400G; Comparative E and E2 are Elite 5500G; Comparative G is Elite 5960; Comparative H and H2 are Elite 5100G; Comparative I is Elite 5940G, and; Comparative J is Elite 5230G.
  • As shown in FIG. 6 the average terminal vinyl content in the ethylene interpolymer of this disclosure was 0.045 terminal vinyls/100 C; in contrast, the average terminal vinyl content in the Comparative samples was 0.023 terminal vinyls/100 C. Statistically, at the 99.999% confidence level, the ethylene interpolymers of this disclosure are significantly different from the Comparatives; i.e. a t-Test assuming equal variances shows that the means of the two populations (0.045 and 0.023 terminal vinyls/100 C) are significantly different at the 99.999% confidence level (t(obs)=12.891>3.510 t(crit two tail); or p-value=4.84×10−17<0.001 α (99.999% confidence)).
  • Catalyst Residues (Total Catalytic Metal)
  • The ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure are further characterized by having ≥3 parts per million (ppm) of total catalytic metal (Ti); where the quantity of catalytic metal was determined by Neutron Activation Analysis (N.A.A.) as specified herein.
  • FIG. 7 compares the total catalytic metal content of the disclosed ethylene interpolymers with several Comparatives; FIG. 7 data is also tabulated in Tables 6A and 6B. All of the comparatives in FIG. 7 and Tables 6A and 6B are Elite® products available from The Dow Chemical Company (Midland, Mich., USA), for additional detail see the section above.
  • As shown in FIG. 7 the average total catalytic metal content in the ethylene interpolymers of this disclosure was 7.02 ppm of titanium; in contrast, the average total catalytic metal content in the Comparative samples was 1.63 ppm of titanium. Statistically, at the 99.999% confidence level, the ethylene interpolymers of this disclosure are significantly different from the Comparatives, i.e., a t-Test assuming equal variances shows that the means of the two populations (7.02 and 1.63 ppm titanium) are significantly different at the 99.999% confidence level, i.e. (t(obs)=12.71>3.520 t(crit two tail); or p-value=1.69×10−16<0.001 α (99.999% confidence)).
  • Flexible Manufactured Articles
  • Ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein may be converted into a wide variety of flexible manufactured articles. Non-limiting examples include monolayer or multilayer films. Such films are well known to those of ordinary sill in the art. Non-limiting examples of processes to prepare such films include blown film and cast film processes.
  • Depending on the end-use application, the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products may be converted into films that span a wide range of thicknesses. Non-limiting examples include, food packaging films where thicknesses may range from about 0.5 mil (13 μm) to about 4 mil (102 μm), and; in heavy duty sack applications film thickness may range from about 2 mil (51 μm) to about 10 mil (254 μm).
  • The disclosed ethylene interpolymer products may be used in monolayer films; where the monolayer comprises one or more of the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products and optionally additional thermoplastics; non-limiting examples of thermoplastics include ethylene polymers and propylene polymers. The lower limit on the weight percent of the ethylene interpolymer product in a monolayer film may be about 3 wt %, in other cases about 10 wt % and in still other cases about 30 wt %. The upper limit on the weight percent of the ethylene interpolymer product in the monolayer film may be 100 wt %, in other cases about 90 wt % and in still other cases about 70 wt %.
  • The ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein may also be used in one or more layers of a multilayer film; non-limiting examples of multilayer films include three, five, seven, nine, eleven or more layers. The thickness of a specific layer (containing one or more ethylene interpolymer product(s)) within the multilayer film may be about 5%, in other cases about 15% and in still other cases about 30% of the total multilayer film thickness. In other embodiments, the thickness of a specific layer (containing one or more ethylene interpolymer product(s)) within the multilayer film may be about 95%, in other cases about 80% and in still other cases about 65% of the total multilayer film thickness. Each individual layer of a multilayer film may contain more than one ethylene interpolymer product and/or additional thermoplastics.
  • Additional embodiments include laminations and coatings, wherein mono or multilayer films containing the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products are extrusion laminated or adhesively laminated or extrusion coated. In extrusion lamination or adhesive lamination, two or more substrates are bonded together with a thermoplastic or an adhesive, respectively. In extrusion coating, a thermoplastic is applied to the surface of a substrate. These processes are well known to those of ordinary experience in the art.
  • The ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein can be used in a wide range of manufactured articles comprising one or more films (monolayer or multilayer). Non-limiting examples of such manufactured articles include: food packaging films (fresh and frozen foods, liquids and granular foods), stand-up pouches, retortable packaging and bag-in-box packaging; barrier films (oxygen, moisture, aroma, oil, etc.) and modified atmosphere packaging; light and heavy duty shrink films and wraps, collation shrink film, pallet shrink film, shrink bags, shrink bundling and shrink shrouds; light and heavy duty stretch films, hand stretch wrap, machine stretch wrap and stretch hood films; high clarity films; heavy-duty sacks; household wrap, overwrap films and sandwich bags; industrial and institutional films, trash bags, can liners, magazine overwrap, newspaper bags, mail bags, sacks and envelopes, bubble wrap, carpet film, furniture bags, garment bags, coin bags, auto panel films; medical applications such as gowns, draping and surgical garb; construction films and sheeting, asphalt films, insulation bags, masking film, landscaping film and bags; geomembrane liners for municipal waste disposal and mining applications; batch inclusion bags; agricultural films, mulch film and green house films; in-store packaging, self-service bags, boutique bags, grocery bags, carry-out sacks and t-shirt bags; oriented films, machine direction and biaxially oriented films and functional film layers in oriented polypropylene (OPP) films, e.g., sealant and/or toughness layers. Additional manufactured articles comprising one or more films containing at least one ethylene interpolymer product include laminates and/or multilayer films; sealants and tie layers in multilayer films and composites; laminations with paper; aluminum foil laminates or laminates containing vacuum deposited aluminum; polyamide laminates; polyester laminates; extrusion coated laminates, and; hot-melt adhesive formulations. The manufactured articles summarized in this paragraph contain at least one film (monolayer or multilayer) comprising at least one embodiment of the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products.
  • The disclosed ethylene interpolymer products have performance attributes that are advantageous in many flexible applications. The performance attribute(s) required depends on how the film will be used, i.e., the specific film application the film is employed in. The disclosed ethylene interpolymer products have a desirable balance of properties. Elaborating, relative to competitive polyethylenes of similar density and melt index, the disclosed ethylene interpolymers have one or more of: higher stiffness (e.g. tensile and/or flex modulus); higher toughness properties (e.g., impact and puncture); higher heat deflection temperatures; higher Vicat softening point; improved color (WI and YI); higher melt strength, and; improved heat sealing properties (e.g., heat sealing and hot tack). The recited performance attributes, in the previous sentence, are not to be construed as limiting. Further, the polymerization process and catalyst formulations disclosed herein allow the production of ethylene interpolymer products that can be converted into flexible manufactured articles that have a unique balance of physical properties (i.e., a several end-use properties can be balanced (as desired) in a multidimensional optimization); relative to comparative polyethylenes of comparable density and melt index.
  • Rigid Manufactured Articles
  • The disclosed ethylene interpolymer products may be converted into a wide variety of rigid manufactured articles, non-limiting examples include: deli containers, margarine tubs, drink cups and produce trays, bottle cap liners and bottle caps (for carbonated or non-carbonated fluids), closures (including closures with living hinge functionality), household and industrial containers, cups, bottles, pails, crates, tanks, drums, bumpers, lids, industrial bulk containers, industrial vessels, material handling containers, toys, bins, playground equipment, recreational equipment, boats, marine equipment, safety equipment (helmets), wire and cable applications such as power cables, communication cables and conduits, flexible tubing and hoses, pipe applications including both pressure pipe and non-pressure pipe markets (e.g., natural gas distribution, water mains, interior plumbing, storm sewer, sanitary sewer, corrugated pipes and conduit), foamed articles manufactured from foamed sheet or bun foam, military packaging (equipment and ready meals), personal care packaging, diapers and sanitary products, cosmetic/pharmaceutical/medical packaging, truck bed liners, pallets and automotive dunnage.
  • The rigid manufactured articles summarized above contain one or more of the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products or a blend of at least one ethylene interpolymer product with at least one other thermoplastic. Further, the rigid manufactured articles summarized above may be multilayer, comprising at least one layer comprising one or more ethylene interpolymer product or a blend of at least one ethylene interpolymer product with at least one other thermoplastic. Such rigid manufactured articles may be fabricated using the following non-limiting processes: injection molding, compression molding, blow molding, rotomolding, profile extrusion, pipe extrusion, sheet thermoforming and foaming processes employing chemical or physical blowing agents.
  • The disclosed ethylene interpolymer products have performance attributes that are advantageous in many rigid applications. The specific performance attribute required depends on how the article will be used, i.e., the specific application. The disclosed ethylene interpolymer products have a desirable balance of properties. Elaborating, relative to competitive polyethylenes of similar density and melt index, the disclosed ethylene interpolymers have one or more of: higher stiffness (e.g., flexural modulus); higher toughness properties (e.g., ESCR, PENT, IZOD impact, arm impact, Dynatup impact or Charpy impact resistance); higher melt strength, higher heat deflection temperature; higher Vicat softening temperatures, improved color (WI and YI), and; faster crystallization rates. The recited performance attributes, in the previous sentence, are not to be construed as limiting. Further, the polymerization process and catalyst formulations disclosed herein allow the production of ethylene interpolymer products that can be converted into rigid manufactured articles that have a unique balance of physical properties (i.e., several end-use properties can be balanced (as desired) through multidimensional optimization); relative to comparative polyethylenes of comparable density and melt index.
  • Additives and Adjuvants
  • The disclosed ethylene interpolymer products used to manufacture articles described above may optionally include, depending on its intended use, additives and adjuvants. Non-limiting examples of additives and adjuvants include, anti-blocking agents, antioxidants, heat stabilizers, slip agents, processing aids, anti-static additives, colorants, dyes, filler materials, light stabilizers, heat stabilizers, light absorbers, lubricants, pigments, plasticizers, nucleating agents and combinations thereof. Non-limiting examples of suitable primary antioxidants include Irganox 1010 [CAS Reg. No. 6683-19-8] and Irganox 1076 [CAS Reg. No. 2082-79-3]; both available from BASF Corporation, Florham Park, N.J., U.S.A. Non-limiting examples of suitable secondary antioxidants include Irgafos 168 [CAS Reg. No. 31570-04-4], available from BASF Corporation, Florham Park, N.J., U.S.A.; Weston 705 [CAS Reg. No. 939402-02-5], available from Addivant, Danbury Conn., U.S.A. and; Doverphos Igp-11 [CAS Reg. No. 1227937-46-3] available form Dover Chemical Corporation, Dover Ohio, U.S.A.
  • Testing Methods
  • Prior to testing, each specimen was conditioned for at least 24 hours at 23±2C and 50±10% relative humidity and subsequent testing was conducted at 23±2° C. and 50±10% relative humidity. Herein, the term “ASTM conditions” refers to a laboratory that is maintained at 23±2C and 50±10% relative humidity; and specimens to be tested were conditioned for at least 24 hours in this laboratory prior to testing. ASTM refers to the American Society for Testing and Materials.
  • Density
  • Ethylene interpolymer product densities were determined using ASTM D792-13 (Nov. 1, 2013).
  • Melt Index
  • Ethylene interpolymer product melt index was determined using ASTM D1238 (Aug. 1, 2013). Melt indexes, I2, I6, I10 and I21 were measured at 190° C., using weights of 2.16 kg, 6.48 kg, 10 kg and a 21.6 kg respectively. Melt index is commonly report with units of g/10 minute or dg/minute; these units are equivalent and the latter was used in this disclosure. Herein, the term “stress exponent” or its acronym “S.Ex.”, is defined by the following relationship:

  • S.Ex.=log(I6/I2)/log(6480/2160)
  • wherein I6 and I2 are the melt flow rates measured at 190° C. using 6.48 kg and 2.16 kg loads, respectively. In this disclosure, melt index was expressed using the units of g/10 minute or g/10 min or dg/minute or dg/min; these units are equivalent.
  • Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC)
  • Ethylene interpolymer product molecular weights, Mn, Mw and Mz, as well the as the polydispersity (Mw/Mn), were determined using ASTM D6474-12 (Dec. 15, 2012). This method illuminates the molecular weight distributions of ethylene interpolymer products by high temperature gel permeation chromatography (GPC). The method uses commercially available polystyrene standards to calibrate the GPC.
  • Unsaturation Content
  • The quantity of unsaturated groups, i.e. double bonds, in an ethylene interpolymer product was determined according to ASTM D3124-98 (vinylidene unsaturation, published March 2011) and ASTM D6248-98 (vinyl and trans unsaturation, published July 2012). An ethylene interpolymer sample was: a) first subjected to a carbon disulfide extraction to remove additives that may interfere with the analysis; b) the sample (pellet, film or granular form) was pressed into a plaque of uniform thickness (0.5 mm), and; c) the plaque was analyzed by FTIR.
  • Comonomer Content
  • The quantity of comonomer in an ethylene interpolymer product was determined by FTIR (Fourier Transform Infrared spectroscopy) according to ASTM D6645-01 (published January 2010).
  • Composition Distribution Branching Index (CDBI)
  • The “Composition Distribution Branching Index” or “CDBI” of the disclosed Examples and Comparative Examples were determined using a crystal-TREF unit commercially available form Polymer ChAR (Valencia, Spain). The acronym “TREF” refers to Temperature Rising Elution Fractionation. A sample of ethylene interpolymer product (80 to 100 mg) was placed in the reactor of the Polymer ChAR crystal-TREF unit, the reactor was filled with 35 ml of 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene (TCB), heated to 150° C. and held at this temperature for 2 hours to dissolve the sample. An aliquot of the TCB solution (1.5 mL) was then loaded into the Polymer ChAR TREF column filled with stainless steel beads and the column was equilibrated for 45 minutes at 110° C. The ethylene interpolymer product was then crystallized from the TCB solution, in the TREF column, by slowly cooling the column from 110° C. to 30° C. using a cooling rate of 0.09° C. per minute. The TREF column was then equilibrated at 30° C. for 30 minutes. The crystallized ethylene interpolymer product was then eluted from the TREF column by passing pure TCB solvent through the column at a flow rate of 0.75 mL/minute as the temperature of the column was slowly increased from 30° C. to 120° C. using a heating rate of 0.25° C. per minute. Using Polymer ChAR software a TREF distribution curve was generated as the ethylene interpolymer product was eluted from the TREF column, i.e., a TREF distribution curve is a plot of the quantity (or intensity) of ethylene interpolymer eluting from the column as a function of TREF elution temperature. A CDBI50 was calculated from the TREF distribution curve for each ethylene interpolymer product analyzed. The “CDBI50” is defined as the percent of ethylene interpolymer whose composition is within 50% of the median comonomer composition (25% on each side of the median comonomer composition); it is calculated from the TREF composition distribution curve and the normalized cumulative integral of the TREF composition distribution curve. Those skilled in the art will understand that a calibration curve is required to convert a TREF elution temperature to comonomer content, i.e. the amount of comonomer in the ethylene interpolymer fraction that elutes at a specific temperature. The generation of such calibration curves are described in the prior art, e.g., Wild, et al., J. Polym. Sci., Part B, Polym. Phys., Vol. 20 (3), pages 441-455: hereby fully incorporated by reference.
  • Neutron Activation Analysis (NAA)
  • Neutron Activation Analysis, hereafter NAA, was used to determine catalyst residues in ethylene interpolymers and was performed as follows. A radiation vial (composed of ultrapure polyethylene, 7 mL internal volume) was filled with an ethylene interpolymer product sample and the sample weight was recorded. Using a pneumatic transfer system the sample was placed inside a SLOWPOKE™ nuclear reactor (Atomic Energy of Canada Limited, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada) and irradiated for 30 to 600 seconds for short half-life elements (e.g., Ti, V, Al, Mg, and Cl) or 3 to 5 hours for long half-life elements (e.g., Zr, Hf, Cr, Fe and Ni). The average thermal neutron flux within the reactor was 5×1011/cm2/s. After irradiation, samples were withdrawn from the reactor and aged, allowing the radioactivity to decay; short half-life elements were aged for 300 seconds or long half-life elements were aged for several days. After aging, the gamma-ray spectrum of the sample was recorded using a germanium semiconductor gamma-ray detector (Ortec model GEM55185, Advanced Measurement Technology Inc., Oak Ridge, Tenn., USA) and a multichannel analyzer (Ortec model DSPEC Pro). The amount of each element in the sample was calculated from the gamma-ray spectrum and recorded in parts per million relative to the total weight of the ethylene interpolymer sample. The N.A.A. system was calibrated with Specpure standards (1000 ppm solutions of the desired element (greater than 99% pure)). One mL of solutions (elements of interest) were pipetted onto a 15 mm×800 mm rectangular paper filter and air dried. The filter paper was then placed in a 1.4 mL polyethylene irradiation vial and analyzed by the N.A.A. system. Standards are used to determine the sensitivity of the N.A.A. procedure (in counts/μg).
  • Dilution Index (Yd) Measurements
  • A series of small amplitude frequency sweep tests were run on each sample using an Anton Paar MCR501 Rotational Rheometer equipped with the “TruGap™ Parallel Plate measuring system”. A gap of 1.5 mm and a strain amplitude of 10% were used throughout the tests. The frequency sweeps were from 0.05 to 100 rad/s at the intervals of seven points per decade. The test temperatures were 170°, 190°, 210° and 230° C. Master curves at 190° C. were constructed for each sample using the Rheoplus/32 V3.40 software through the Standard TTS (time-temperature superposition) procedure, with both horizontal and vertical shift enabled.
  • The Yd and Xd data generated are summarized in Table 4. The flow properties of the ethylene interpolymer products, e.g., the melt strength and melt flow ratio (MFR) are well characterized by the Dilution Index (Yd) and the Dimensionless Modulus (Xd) as detailed below. In both cases, the flow property is a strong function of Yd and Xd in addition a dependence on the zero-shear viscosity. For example, the melt strength (hereafter MS) values of the disclosed Examples and the Comparative Examples were found to follow the same equation, confirming that the characteristic VGP point ((√{square root over (2)})Gc*/Gx*, δc) and the derived regrouped coordinates (Xd, Yd) represent the structure well:

  • MS=a 00 +a 10 log η0 −a 20(90−δc)−a 30((√{square root over (2)})Gc*/Gx*)−a 40(90−δc)((√{square root over (2)})Gc*/Gx*)
  • where
  • a00=−33.33; a10=9.529; a20=0.03517; a30=0.894; a40=0.02969
  • and r2=0.984 and the average relative standard deviation was 0.85%.
  • Further, this relation can be expressed in terms of the Dilution Index (Yd) and the Dimensionless Modulus (Xd):

  • MS=a 0 +a 1 log η0 +a 2Yd +a 3Xd +a 4YdXd
  • where
  • a0=33.34; a1=9.794; a2=0.02589; a3=0.1126; a4=0.03307 and
  • r2=0.989 and the average relative standard deviation was 0.89%.
  • The MFR of the disclosed Examples and the Comparative samples were found to follow a similar equation, further confirming that the dilution parameters Yd and Xd show that the flow properties of the disclosed Examples differ from the reference and Comparative Examples:

  • MFR=b 0 −b 1 log η0 −b 2Yd −b 3Xd
  • where
      • b0=53.27; b1=6.107; b2=1.384; b3=20.34
  • and
  • r2=0.889 and the average relative standard deviation and 3.3%.
  • Further, the polymerization process and catalyst formulations disclosed herein allow the production of ethylene interpolymer products that can be converted into flexible manufactured articles that have a unique balance of physical properties (i.e. several end-use properties can be balanced (as desired) through multidimensional optimization); relative to comparative polyethylenes of comparable density and melt index.
  • EXAMPLES Polymerization
  • The following examples are presented for the purpose of illustrating selected embodiments of this disclosure; it being understood, that the examples presented do not limit the claims presented.
  • Examples of the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products were produced in a continuous solution polymerization pilot plant comprising reactors arranged in series configuration. Methylpentane was used as the process solvent (a commercial blend of methylpentane isomers). The volume of the first CSTR reactor (R1) was 3.2 gallons (12 L), the volume of the second CSTR reactor (R2) was 5.8 gallons (22 L) and the volume of the tubular reactor (R3) was 4.8 gallons (18 L). Examples of ethylene interpolymer products were produced using an R1 pressure from about 14 MPa to about 18 MPa; R2 was operated at a lower pressure to facilitate continuous flow from R1 to R2. R1 and R2 were operated in series mode, wherein the first exit stream from R1 flows directly into R2. Both CSTR's were agitated to give conditions in which the reactor contents were well mixed. The process was operated continuously by feeding fresh process solvent, ethylene, 1-octene and hydrogen to the reactors.
  • The single site catalyst components used were: component (i), cyclopentadienyl tri(tertiary butyl)phosphinimine titanium dichloride, (Cp[(t-Bu)3PN]TiCl2), hereafter PIC-1; component (ii), methylaluminoxane (MAO-07); component (iii), trityl tetrakis(pentafluoro-phenyl)borate, and; component (iv), 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-ethylphenol. The single site catalyst component solvents used were methylpentane for components (ii) and (iv) and xylene for components (i) and (iii). The quantity of PIC-1 added to R1, “R1 (i) (ppm)” is shown in Table 1A; to be clear, in Example 6 in Table 1A, the solution in R1 contained 0.09 ppm of component (i), i.e., PIC-1. The mole ratios of the single site catalyst components employed to produce Example 6 were: R1 (ii)/(i) mole ratio=100, i.e., [(MAO-07)/(PIC-1)]; R1 (iv)/(ii) mole ratio=0, i.e., [(2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-ethylphenol)/(MAO-07)], and; R1 (iii)/(i) mole ratio=1.1, i.e., [(trityl tetrakis(pentafluoro-phenyl)borate)/(PIC-1)]. The single site catalyst formulation was injected into R1 using process solvent, the flow rate of this catalyst containing solvent was about 30 kg/hr.
  • The in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was prepared from the following components: component (v), butyl ethyl magnesium; component (vi), tertiary butyl chloride; component (vii), titanium tetrachloride; component (viii), diethyl aluminum ethoxide, and; component (ix), triethyl aluminum. Methylpentane was used as the catalyst component solvent. The in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was prepared using the following steps. In step one, a solution of triethylaluminum and dibutylmagnesium ((triethylaluminum)/(dibutylmagnesium) molar ratio of 20) was combined with a solution of tertiary butyl chloride and allowed to react for about 30 seconds (HUT-1); in step two, a solution of titanium tetrachloride was added to the mixture formed in step one and allowed to react for about 14 seconds (HUT-2), and; in step three, the mixture formed in step two was allowed to reactor for an additional 3 seconds (HUT-3) prior to injection into R2. The in-line Ziegler-Natta procatalyst formulation was injected into R2 using process solvent, the flow rate of the catalyst containing solvent was about 49 kg/hr. The in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was formed in R2 by injecting a solution of diethyl aluminum ethoxide into R2. The quantity of titanium tetrachloride “R2 (vii) (ppm)” added to reactor 2 (R2) is shown in Table 1A; to be clear in Example 6 the solution in R2 contained 3.2 ppm of TiCl4. The mole ratios of the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst components are also shown in Table 1A, specifically: R2 (vi)/(v) mole ratio, i.e., [(tertiary butyl chloride)/(butyl ethyl magnesium)]; R2 (viii)/(vii) mole ratio, i.e., [(diethyl aluminum ethoxide)/(titanium tetrachloride)], and; R2 (ix)/(vii) mole ratio, i.e., [(triethyl aluminum)/(titanium tetrachloride)]. To be clear, in Example 6, the following mole ratios were used to synthesize the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst: R2 (vi)/(v) mole ratio=1.98; R2 (viii)/(vii) mole ratio=1.35, and; R2 (ix)/(vii) mole ratio=0.35. Referring to FIG. 1, in all of the Examples disclosed, 100% of the diethyl aluminum ethoxide in stream 10 d, component (viii), was added to reactor 12 a via stream 10 h.
  • In Comparative Example 3, a single site catalyst formulation was employed in both reactor 1 and reactor 2. Relative to Comparative Example 6, the maximum ethylene interpolymer product production rates (kg/h) of Examples 6 and 7, in which a single-site catalyst formulation was used in R1 and an in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation was used in R2, were 19% higher (on average). For example, in Example 6 (single-site catalyst formulation in R1+in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst in R2) the ethylene interpolymer product was produced at a production rate of 85.2 kg/h; in contrast, in Comparative Example 3 (single-site catalyst formulation in both R1 and R2) the maximum production rate of the comparative ethylene interpolymer product was 75.6 kg/h.
  • Average residence time of the solvent in a reactor is primarily influenced by the amount of solvent flowing through each reactor and the total amount of solvent flowing through the solution process, the following are representative or typical values for the examples shown in Tables 1A-1C: average reactor residence times were: about 61 seconds in R1, about 73 seconds in R2 and about 50 seconds in R3 (the volume of R3 was about 4.8 gallons (18 L)).
  • Polymerization in the continuous solution polymerization process was terminated by adding a catalyst deactivator to the third exit stream exiting the tubular reactor (R3). The catalyst deactivator used was octanoic acid (caprylic acid), commercially available from P&G Chemicals, Cincinnati, Ohio, U.S.A. The catalyst deactivator was added such that the moles of fatty acid added were 50% of the total molar amount of titanium and aluminum added to the polymerization process; to be clear, the moles of octanoic acid added=0.5×(moles titanium+moles aluminum); this mole ratio was consistently used in all examples.
  • A two-stage devolitizing process was employed to recover the ethylene interpolymer product from the process solvent, i.e., two vapor/liquid separators were used and the second bottom stream (from the second V/L separator) was passed through a gear pump/pelletizer combination. DHT-4V (hydrotalcite), supplied by Kyowa Chemical Industry Co. LTD, Tokyo, Japan was used as a passivator, or acid scavenger, in the continuous solution process. A slurry of DHT-4V in process solvent was added prior to the first V/L separator. The molar amount of DHT-4V added was about 10-fold higher than the molar amount of chlorides added to the process; the chlorides added were titanium tetrachloride and tertiary butyl chloride.
  • Prior to pelletization the ethylene interpolymer product was stabilized by adding about 500 ppm of Irganox 1076 (a primary antioxidant) and about 500 ppm of Irgafos 168 (a secondary antioxidant), based on weight of the ethylene interpolymer product. Antioxidants were dissolved in process solvent and added between the first and second V/L separators.
  • Tables 1B and 1C disclose additional solution process parameters, e.g. ethylene and 1-octene splits between the reactors, reactor temperatures and ethylene conversions, etc. recorded during the production of Examples 6 and 7 and Comparative Example 3. In Tables 1A-1C the targeted ethylene interpolymer product was 0.6 melt index (I2) (ASTM D1239, 2.16 kg load, 190° C.) and 0.915 g/cm3 (ASTM D792). In Comparative Example 3, the single-site catalyst formulation was injected into both reactor R1 and R2 and ESR1 was 50%. In Example 7, the single site catalyst formulation was injected into R1, the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was injected into R2 and ESR1 was 47%.
  • FTIR, N.A.A. and Dilution Index analysis was performed on Example 6 with the following results: 0.038 terminal vinyls/100 C; 5.2 ppm Ti; 4.69 Yd (Dilution Index), and; −0.08 Xd (Dimensionless Modulus). FTIR and N.A.A. was performed on Example 7 with the following results: 0.042 terminal vinyls/100 C, and; 7.7 ppm Ti (Example 7 was not submitted for Dilution Index testing).
  • TABLE 1A
    Continuous solution process catalyst parameters for:
    Examples 6 and 7 and Comparative Example 3, targeting
    ethylene interpolymer products at 0.60 melt index
    (I2 (dg/min)) and a density of 0.915 g/cm3.
    Com-
    Exam- Exam- parative
    Process Parameter ple 6 ple 7 Example 3
    R1 Catalyst PIC-1 PIC-1 PIC-1
    R2 Catalyst ZN ZN PIC-1
    R1 (i) (ppm) 0.09 0.1 0.07
    R1 (ii)/(i) mole ratio 100 100 100
    R1 (iv)/(ii) mole ratio 0 0 0.3
    R1 (iii)/(i) mole ratio 1.1 1.1 1.2
    R2 (i) (ppm) 0 0 0.14
    R2 (ii)/(i) mole ratio 0 0 25
    R2 (iv)/(ii) mole ratio 0 0 0.3
    R2 (iii)/(i) mole ratio 0 0 1.27
    R2 (vii) (ppm) 3.2 4.8 0
    R2 (vi)/(v) mole ratio 1.98 1.98 0
    R2 (viii)/(vii) mole ratio 1.35 1.35 0
    R2 (ix)/(vii) mole ratio 0.35 0.35 0
    Prod. Rate (kg/h) 85.2 94 75.6
    Increase in Production Rate 12.7 24.3
    (%)
  • TABLE 1B
    Additional solution process parameters
    for Examples 6-8 and Comparative Examples 3 and 4.
    Exam- Exam- Comparative
    Process Parameter ple 6 ple 7 Example 3
    R3 volume (L) 18 18 2.2
    ESR1 (%) 40 47 50
    ESR2 (%) 60 53 50
    ESR3 (%) 0 0 0
    R1 ethylene concentration (wt %) 10.3 10.3 10.3
    R2 ethylene concentration (wt %) 13.7 14.9 12.7
    R3 ethylene concentration (wt %) 13.7 14.9 12.7
    ((1-octene)/(ethylene))R1 (wt %) 0.63 0.66 0.81
    OSR1 (%) 100 100 83.3
    OSR2 (%) 0 0 16.7
    OSR3 (%) 0 0 0
    H2 R1 (ppm) 0.2 0.2 1.3
    H2 R2 (ppm) 1 1 0.8
    H2 R3 (ppm) 0 0 0
    Prod. Rate (kg/h) 85.2 94 75.6
    Increase in Production Rate (%) 12.7 24.3
  • TABLE 1C
    Additional solution process parameters for
    Examples 6-8 and Comparative
    Examples 3 and 4.
    Exam- Exam- Comparative
    Process Parameter ple 6 ple 7 Example 3
    R1 total solution rate (kg/h) 319.9 409.1 369.9
    R2 total solution rate (kg/h) 280.1 190.9 230.1
    R3 solution rate (kg/h) 0 0 0
    Overall total solution rate (kg/h) 600 600 600
    R1 inlet temp (° C.) 30 30 30
    R2 inlet temp (° C.) 30 30 30
    R3 inlet temp(° C.) 130 130 130
    R1 Mean temp (° C.) 140.3 140.1 140.2
    R2 Mean temp (° C.) 187.8 202.5 185.7
    R3 exit temp (actual) (° C.) 198.4 212.1 186
    R3 exit temp (calc) (° C.) 200.4 215.3 187.6
    QR1 (%) 78.2 78.2 78.2
    QR2 (%) 80 80 81
    QR2+R3 (%) 92 92.5 83.7
    QR3 (%) 60 62.4 14.1
    QT (%) 94.5 95.2 90.1
    Prod. Rate (kg/h) 85.2 94 75.6
    Increase in Production Rate (%) 12.7 24.3
  • TABLE 2
    Physical properties of Examples 6 and 7 and Comparative Example 3.
    Comparative
    Property Example 6 Example 7 Example 3
    Density (g/cm3) 0.9152 0.9155 0.9150
    Melt Index I2 (dg/min) 0.67 0.70 0.58
    Stress Exponent 1.23 1.24 1.27
    Mw 113893 114401 112210
    Mw/Mn 2.87 3.88 2.79
    CDBI50 69.0 65.7 74.0
  • TABLE 3
    Computer generated Simulated Example 13: single-site
    catalyst formulation in R1 (PIC-1) and an in-line Ziegler-
    Natta catalyst formulation in R2 and R3.
    Reactor Reactor Reactor
    1 (R1) 2 (R2) 3 (R3)
    Simulated First Second Third Simulated
    Physical Ethylene Ethylene Ethylene Example
    Property Interpolymer Interpolymer Interpolymer 13
    Weight 36.2 56.3 7.5 100
    Percent (%)
    Mn 63806 25653 20520 31963
    Mw 129354 84516 67281 99434
    Mz 195677 198218 162400 195074
    Polydispersity 2.03 3.29 3.28 3.11
    (Mw/Mn)
    Branch Frequency 12.6 11.4 15.6 12.1
    (C6 Branches
    per 1000C)
    CDBI50 (%) 90 to 95 55 to 60 45 to 55 65 to 70
    (range)
    Density (g/cm3) 0.9087 0.9206 0.9154 0.9169
    Melt Index 0.31 1.92 4.7 1.0
    (dg/min)
  • TABLE 4
    Dilution Index (Yd) and Dimensionless Modulus Data (Xd) for selected embodiments of
    ethylene interpolymers of this disclosure (Examples), relative to Comparative S, A, D and
    E. (MFR = melt flow rate (I21/I2); MS = melt strength)
    Sample Density MI MS η0 G0N G*c δc
    Code [g/cm3] [dg/min] MFR [cN] [kPa · s] [MPa] [kPa] [°] Xd Yd
    Comp. S 0.9176 0.86 29.2 6.46 11.5 1.50 9.43 74.0 0.00 0.02
    Comp. A 0.9199 0.96 29.6 5.99 10.6 1.17 5.89 80.1 −0.20 3.66
    Example 6 0.9152 0.67 23.7 7.05 12.9 1.57 7.89 79.6 −0.08 4.69
    Example 0.9173 0.95 26.3 5.73 9.67 0.84 7.64 79.0 −0.09 3.93
    101
    Example 0.9176 0.97 22.6 5.65 9.38 1.46 7.46 79.5 −0.10 4.29
    102
    Example 0.9172 0.96 25.3 5.68 9.38 1.44 7.81 79.3 −0.08 4.29
    103
    Example 0.9252 0.98 23.9 5.57 9.41 1.64 8.90 78.1 −0.03 3.8
    110
    Example 0.9171 0.75 23.4 6.83 12.4 1.48 8.18 79.2 −0.06 4.44
    115
    Example 0.9250 1.04 24.2 5.33 8.81 0.97 8.97 78.9 −0.02 4.65
    200
    Example 0.9165 1.01 27.1 5.43 8.75 0.85 6.75 79.7 −0.15 3.91
    201
    Example 0.9204 1.00 24.0 5.99 10.2 1.45 13.5 73.6 0.16 1.82
    120
    Example 0.9232 0.94 22.1 6.21 10.4 0.97 11.6 75.7 0.09 3.02
    130
    Example 0.9242 0.95 22.1 6.24 10.7 1.02 11.6 75.3 0.09 2.59
    131
    Comp. D 0.9204 0.82 30.6 7.61 15.4 1.58 10.8 70.4 0.06 −2.77
    Comp. E 0.9161 1.00 30.5 7.06 13.8 1.42 10.4 70.5 0.04 −2.91
  • TABLE 5A
    Unsaturation data of several embodiments of the disclosed ethylene interpolymers,
    as well as Comparative B, C, E, E2, G, H, H2, I and J; as determined by ASTM
    D3124-98 and ASTM D6248-98.
    Melt
    Density Index I2 Melt Flow Stress Unsaturations per 100 C.
    Sample Code (g/cm3) (dg/min) Ratio (I21/I2) Exponent Internal Side Chain Terminal
    Example 11 0.9113 0.91 24.8 1.24 0.009 0.004 0.037
    Example 6 0.9152 0.67 23.7 1.23 0.008 0.004 0.038
    Example 4 0.9154 0.97 37.1 1.33 0.009 0.004 0.047
    Example 7 0.9155 0.70 25.7 1.24 0.008 0.005 0.042
    Example 2 0.9160 1.04 27.0 1.26 0.009 0.005 0.048
    Example 5 0.9163 1.04 25.9 1.23 0.008 0.005 0.042
    Example 3 0.9164 0.9 29.2 1.27 0.009 0.004 0.049
    Example 53 0.9164 0.9 29.2 1.27 0.009 0.004 0.049
    Example 51 0.9165 1.01 28.0 1.26 0.009 0.003 0.049
    Example 201 0.9165 1.01 27.1 1.22 0.008 0.007 0.048
    Example 1 0.9169 0.88 23.4 1.23 0.008 0.005 0.044
    Example 52 0.9169 0.85 29.4 1.28 0.008 0.002 0.049
    Example 55 0.9170 0.91 29.8 1.29 0.009 0.004 0.050
    Example 115 0.9171 0.75 23.4 1.22 0.007 0.003 0.041
    Example 43 0.9174 1.08 24.2 1.23 0.007 0.007 0.046
    Comparative E2 0.9138 1.56 24.1 1.26 0.006 0.007 0.019
    Comparative E 0.9144 1.49 25.6 1.29 0.004 0.005 0.024
    Comparative J 0.9151 4.2 21.8 1.2 0.006 0.002 0.024
    Comparative C 0.9161 1 30.5 1.35 0.004 0.004 0.030
    Comparative B 0.9179 1.01 30.2 1.33 0.004 0.002 0.025
    Comparative H2 0.9189 0.89 30.6 1.36 0.004 0.002 0.021
    Comparative H 0.9191 0.9 29.6 1.34 0.004 0.003 0.020
    Comparative I 0.9415 0.87 62 1.61 0.002 0.000 0.025
    Comparative G 0.9612 0.89 49 1.58 0.000 0.000 0.023
  • TABLE 5B
    Additional unsaturation data of several embodiments of the disclosed
    ethylene interpolymers; as determined by ASTM D3124-98 and ASTM D6248-98.
    Density Melt Index Melt Flow Unsaturations per 100 C.
    Sample Code (g/cm3) I2 (dg/min) Ratio (I21/I2) S. Ex. Internal Side Chain Terminal
    Example 8 0.9176 4.64 27.2 1.25 0.009 0.001 0.048
    Example 42 0.9176 0.99 23.9 1.23 0.007 0.006 0.046
    Example 102 0.9176 0.97 22.6 1.24 0.007 0.005 0.044
    Example 54 0.9176 0.94 29.9 1.29 0.009 0.002 0.049
    Example 41 0.9178 0.93 23.8 1.23 0.007 0.006 0.046
    Example 44 0.9179 0.93 23.4 1.23 0.007 0.007 0.045
    Example 9 0.9190 0.91 40.3 1.38 0.008 0.003 0.052
    Example 200 0.9250 1.04 24.2 1.24 0.006 0.005 0.050
    Example 60 0.9381 4.57 22.2 1.23 0.005 0.002 0.053
    Example 61 0.9396 4.82 20.2 1.23 0.002 0.002 0.053
    Example 62 0.9426 3.5 25.4 1.26 0.002 0.002 0.052
    Example 70 0.9468 1.9 32.3 1.34 0.001 0.002 0.042
    Example 71 0.9470 1.61 34.8 1.35 0.001 0.001 0.048
    Example 72 0.9471 1.51 31.4 1.34 0.001 0.002 0.043
    Example 73 0.9472 1.51 31.6 1.35 0.001 0.002 0.047
    Example 80 0.9528 1.53 41.1 1.38 0.002 0.000 0.035
    Example 81 0.9533 1.61 50 1.43 0.002 0.000 0.044
    Example 82 0.9546 1.6 59.6 1.5 0.001 0.000 0.045
    Example 90 0.9588 7.51 29 1.28 0.001 0.000 0.042
    Example 91 0.9589 6.72 30.4 1.29 0.002 0.000 0.041
    Example 20 0.9596 1.21 31.3 1.35 0.002 0.001 0.036
    Example 21 0.9618 1.31 38.3 1.39 0.002 0.001 0.037
    Example 22 0.9620 1.3 51 1.49 0.002 0.001 0.041
    Example 23 0.9621 0.63 78.9 1.68 0.002 0.001 0.042
    Example 24 0.9646 1.98 83 1.79 0.001 0.001 0.052
  • TABLE 6A
    Neutron Activation Analysis (NAA) catalyst residues in several
    embodiments of the disclosed ethylene interpolymers, as well as
    Comparatives G, I, J, B, C, E, E2, H and H2.
    N.A.A. Elemental
    Density Melt Index I2 Analysis (ppm)
    Sample Code (g/cm3) (dg/min) Ti Mg Cl Al
    Example 60 0.9381 4.57 9.0 140 284 127
    Example 62 0.9426 3.50 9.2 179 358 94
    Example 70 0.9468 1.90 6.2 148 299 99
    Example 71 0.9470 1.61 6.8 168 348 87
    Example 72 0.9471 1.51 5.8 178 365 88
    Example 73 0.9472 1.51 7.2 142 281 66
    Example 80 0.9528 1.53 4.3 141 288 82
    Example 81 0.9533 1.61 6.4 163 332 82
    Example 82 0.9546 1.60 5.8 132 250 95
    Example 90 0.9588 7.51 6.7 143 286 94
    Example 91 0.9589 6.72 6.7 231 85 112
    Example 1 0.9169 0.88 6.1 199 99 97
    Example 2 0.9160 1.04 7.4 229 104 112
    Example 3 0.9164 0.90 7.3 268 137 129
    Comparative G 0.9612 0.89 1.6 17.2 53 11
    Comparative I 0.9415 0.87 2.3 102 24 53
    Comparative J 0.9151 4.20 1.4 <2 0.6 7.9
    Comparative B 0.9179 1.01 0.3 13.7 47 9.3
    Comparative C 0.9161 1.00 2.0 9.0 25 5.4
    Comparative E2 0.9138 1.56 1.2 9.8 32.2 6.8
    Comparative E 0.9144 1.49 1.3 14.6 48.8 11.3
    Comparative H 0.9191 0.90 2.2 14.6 48.8 11.3
    Comparative H2 0.9189 0.89 2.2 253 122 130
  • TABLE 6B
    Additional Neutron Activation Analysis (NAA) catalyst residues
    in several embodiments of the disclosed ethylene interpolymers.
    N.A.A. Elemental
    Density Melt Index I2 Analysis (ppm)
    Sample Code (g/cm3) (dg/min) Ti Mg Cl Al
    Example 4 0.9154 0.97 9.6 287 45 140
    Example 5 0.9163 1.04 6.7 261 70 131
    Example 6 0.9152 0.67 5.2 245 48 119
    Example 7 0.9155 0.70 7.7 365 102 177
    Example 8 0.9176 4.64 7.6 234 86 117
    Example 9 0.9190 0.91 6.4 199 78 99
    Example 51 0.9165 1.01 5.9 207 73 106
    Example 52 0.9169 0.85 5.2 229 104 112
    Example 53 0.9164 0.90 7.3 347 101 167
    Example 54 0.9176 0.94 7.5 295 100 146
    Example 55 0.9170 0.91 7.1 189 101 90
    Example 41 0.9178 0.93 7.2 199 103 92
    Example 42 0.9176 0.99 7.5 188 104 86
    Example 43 0.9174 1.08 7.4 192 101 91
    Example 44 0.9179 0.93 7.2 230 121 110
    Example 102 0.9176 0.97 9.5 239 60 117
    Example 115 0.9171 0.75 5.1 258 115 130
    Example 61 0.9396 4.82 8.3 352 96 179
    Example 10 0.9168 0.94 7.8 333 91 170
    Example 120 0.9204 1.00 7.3 284 75 149
    Example 130 0.9232 0.94 5.8 292 114 147
    Example 131 0.9242 0.95 8.6 81.4 173 94
    Example 200 0.9250 1.04 6.3 90.1 190 104

Claims (21)

1-102. (canceled)
103. An ethylene interpolymer product comprising:
(i) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0; and wherein said first ethylene interpolymer is synthesized using a single-site catalyst formulation; and wherein said second ethylene interpolymer is synthesized using a first heterogeneous catalyst formulation; and wherein said first homogeneous catalyst formulation comprises a bulky ligand-metal complex; an aluminoxane cocatalyst; an ionic activator and a hindered phenol.
104. The ethylene interpolymer product of claim 103, containing ≤1 part per million (ppm) of a metal A; wherein said metal A originates from said single site catalyst formulation used to synthesize said first ethylene interpolymer.
105. The ethylene interpolymer product of claim 104; wherein said metal A is titanium, zirconium or hafnium.
106. The ethylene interpolymer product of claim 103 having a metal B and optionally a metal C and the total amount of said metal B plus said metal C is from about 3 to about 11 parts per million; wherein said metal B originates from said first heterogeneous catalyst formulation used to synthesize said second ethylene interpolymer and optionally said metal C originates from a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation used to synthesize said third ethylene interpolymer; optionally said metal B and said metal C are the same metal.
107. The ethylene interpolymer product of claim 106; wherein said metal B and said metal C, are independently selected from titanium, zirconium, hafnium, vanadium, niobium, tantalum, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, manganese, technetium, rhenium, iron, ruthenium or osmium.
108. The ethylene interpolymer product of claim 106; wherein said metal B and said metal C, are independently selected from titanium, zirconium, hafnium, vanadium or chromium.
109. The ethylene interpolymer product of claim 103 wherein said first ethylene interpolymer has a first Mw/Mn, said second ethylene interpolymer has a second Mw/Mn and said optional third ethylene interpolymer has a third Mw/Mn; wherein said first Mw/Mn is lower than said second Mw/Mn and said optional third Mw/Mn.
110. The ethylene interpolymer product of claim 109; wherein the blending of said second ethylene interpolymer and said third ethylene interpolymer forms a heterogeneous ethylene interpolymer blend having a fourth Mw/Mn; wherein said fourth Mw/Mn is not broader than said second Mw/Mn.
111. The ethylene interpolymer product of claim 109 wherein said second Mw/Mn and said optional third Mw/Mn are ≤4.0.
112. The ethylene interpolymer product of claim 103; wherein said first ethylene interpolymer has a first CDBI50 from about 70 to about 98%, said second ethylene interpolymer has a second CDBI50 from about 45 to about 98% and said optional third ethylene interpolymer has a third CDBI50 from about 35 to about 98%.
113. The ethylene interpolymer product of claim 112; wherein said first CDBI50 is higher than said second CDBI50; optionally said first CDBI50 is higher than said third CDBI50.
114. The ethylene interpolymer product of claim 103; wherein (i) said first ethylene interpolymer is from about 15 to about 60 weight percent of said ethylene interpolymer product; (ii) said second ethylene interpolymer is from about 30 to about 85 weight percent of said ethylene interpolymer product, and; (iii) optionally said third ethylene interpolymer is from about 0 to about 30 weight percent of said ethylene interpolymer product; wherein weight percent is the weight of said first, said second or said optional third ethylene interpolymer divided by the weight of said ethylene interpolymer product.
115. The ethylene interpolymer product of claim 103; wherein (i) said first ethylene interpolymer has a melt index from about 0.01 to about 200 dg/minute; (ii) said second ethylene interpolymer has melt index from about 0.3 to about 1000 dg/minute, and; (iii) optionally said third ethylene interpolymer has a melt index from about 0.5 to about 2000 dg/minute; wherein melt index is measured according to ASTM D1238 (2.16 kg load and 190° C.).
116. The ethylene interpolymer product of claim 103; wherein (i) said first ethylene interpolymer has a density from about 0.855 g/cc to about 0.975 g/cc; (ii) said second ethylene interpolymer has a density from about 0.89 g/cc to about 0.975 g/cc, and; (iii) optionally said third ethylene interpolymer has density from about 0.89 g/cc to about 0.975 g/cc; wherein density is measured according to ASTM D792.
117. The ethylene interpolymer product of claim 103 synthesized using a solution polymerization process.
118. The ethylene interpolymer product of claim 103 further comprising from 0 to about 10 mole percent of one or more α-olefin.
119. The ethylene interpolymer product of claim 118; wherein said one or more α-olefin are C3 to C10 α-olefins.
120. The ethylene interpolymer product of claim 119; wherein said one or more α-olefin is 1-hexene, 1-octene or a mixture of 1-hexene and 1-octene.
121. The ethylene interpolymer product of claim 103 wherein said alumoxane is methyl alumoxane.
122. The ethylene interpolymer product of claim 121 where the molar ratio of said hindered phenol/said alumoxane is from 0.1/1 to 10/1.
US16/385,211 2014-10-21 2019-04-16 Dilution index Active 2035-11-26 US10954365B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/385,211 US10954365B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2019-04-16 Dilution index

Applications Claiming Priority (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CACA2868640 2014-10-21
CA2868640 2014-10-21
CA2868640A CA2868640C (en) 2014-10-21 2014-10-21 Solution polymerization process
US14/918,890 US9512282B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2015-10-21 Dilution index
US15/332,202 US10035906B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2016-10-24 Dilution index
US16/010,542 US10577491B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2018-06-18 Dilution index
US16/385,211 US10954365B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2019-04-16 Dilution index

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/010,542 Continuation US10577491B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2018-06-18 Dilution index

Publications (3)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20190241724A1 US20190241724A1 (en) 2019-08-08
US20200283605A9 true US20200283605A9 (en) 2020-09-10
US10954365B2 US10954365B2 (en) 2021-03-23

Family

ID=54345556

Family Applications (16)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/919,119 Active US9505893B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2015-10-21 Caps and closures
US14/918,890 Active US9512282B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2015-10-21 Dilution index
US14/919,051 Active US9518159B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2015-10-21 Ethylene interpolymer films
US14/918,719 Active 2036-09-23 US10000630B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2015-10-21 Ethylene interpolymers having improved color
US14/918,686 Active 2037-09-29 US10626256B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2015-10-21 Solution polymerization process
US14/918,758 Active US9505892B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2015-10-21 HDPE articles
US15/091,810 Active US9695309B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2016-04-06 Rotomolded articles
US15/134,654 Active 2036-03-31 US10023729B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2016-04-21 Films produced from ethylene interpolymer products
US15/297,370 Active US10023730B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2016-10-19 HDPE articles
US15/298,621 Active US10053564B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2016-10-20 Caps and closures
US15/332,202 Active US10035906B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2016-10-24 Dilution index
US15/335,485 Active US10040928B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2016-10-27 Rotomolded articles
US15/341,386 Active 2035-10-28 US10053565B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2016-11-02 Ethylene interpolymer films
US15/911,259 Active 2037-02-10 US11078351B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2018-03-05 Ethylene interpolymers having improved color
US16/385,211 Active 2035-11-26 US10954365B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2019-04-16 Dilution index
US16/751,328 Active 2035-10-28 US11142634B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2020-01-24 Solution polymerization process

Family Applications Before (14)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/919,119 Active US9505893B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2015-10-21 Caps and closures
US14/918,890 Active US9512282B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2015-10-21 Dilution index
US14/919,051 Active US9518159B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2015-10-21 Ethylene interpolymer films
US14/918,719 Active 2036-09-23 US10000630B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2015-10-21 Ethylene interpolymers having improved color
US14/918,686 Active 2037-09-29 US10626256B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2015-10-21 Solution polymerization process
US14/918,758 Active US9505892B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2015-10-21 HDPE articles
US15/091,810 Active US9695309B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2016-04-06 Rotomolded articles
US15/134,654 Active 2036-03-31 US10023729B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2016-04-21 Films produced from ethylene interpolymer products
US15/297,370 Active US10023730B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2016-10-19 HDPE articles
US15/298,621 Active US10053564B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2016-10-20 Caps and closures
US15/332,202 Active US10035906B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2016-10-24 Dilution index
US15/335,485 Active US10040928B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2016-10-27 Rotomolded articles
US15/341,386 Active 2035-10-28 US10053565B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2016-11-02 Ethylene interpolymer films
US15/911,259 Active 2037-02-10 US11078351B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2018-03-05 Ethylene interpolymers having improved color

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/751,328 Active 2035-10-28 US11142634B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2020-01-24 Solution polymerization process

Country Status (11)

Country Link
US (16) US9505893B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3209720B1 (en)
JP (4) JP6571768B2 (en)
KR (4) KR102478107B1 (en)
CN (3) CN107075026B (en)
BR (3) BR112017008262B1 (en)
CA (7) CA2868640C (en)
ES (2) ES2954858T3 (en)
MX (3) MX2017004283A (en)
TW (3) TW201629104A (en)
WO (1) WO2016063164A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (77)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016063205A2 (en) * 2014-10-21 2016-04-28 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. Dilution index
CA2868640C (en) * 2014-10-21 2021-10-26 Nova Chemicals Corporation Solution polymerization process
US9828495B2 (en) * 2014-12-19 2017-11-28 Dow Global Technologies Llc Low haze polyethylene polymer compositions
CA2897552C (en) 2015-07-17 2022-08-16 Nova Chemicals Corporation Shrink films
CA2914315C (en) * 2015-12-09 2023-04-25 Nova Chemicals Corp. Hot fill process with closures made from high density unimodal polyethylene
CA2914353C (en) * 2015-12-10 2023-01-24 Nova Chemicals Corp. Hot fill process with closures made from high density polyethylene compositions
US11192969B2 (en) * 2015-12-16 2021-12-07 Dow Global Technologies Llc Method for isomer reduction during polymerization and system for accomplishing the same
JP6914617B2 (en) * 2016-05-11 2021-08-04 Tdk株式会社 Multilayer coil parts
US20190224952A1 (en) 2016-09-01 2019-07-25 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. Recyclable package made from co-extruded film structure
KR102461683B1 (en) * 2016-09-16 2022-11-01 더블유.알. 그레이스 앤드 캄파니-콘. Process for efficient purging of polymer particles
WO2018094085A1 (en) 2016-11-18 2018-05-24 Equistar Chemicals, Lp Polyolefin materials for rotational molding applications having improved impact properties and color stability
CA2957706C (en) 2017-02-13 2020-12-15 Nova Chemicals Corporation Caps and closures
US10329412B2 (en) * 2017-02-16 2019-06-25 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. Caps and closures
US10442921B2 (en) * 2017-04-19 2019-10-15 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. Means for increasing the molecular weight and decreasing the density employing mixed homogeneous catalyst formulations
US10442920B2 (en) * 2017-04-19 2019-10-15 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. Means for increasing the molecular weight and decreasing the density of ethylene interpolymers employing homogeneous and heterogeneous catalyst formulations
US10538654B2 (en) 2017-04-19 2020-01-21 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. Multi reactor solution polymerization, polyethylene and polyethylene film
US9963529B1 (en) 2017-04-19 2018-05-08 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. Multi reactor solution polymerization
JP7046554B2 (en) * 2017-10-11 2022-04-04 三井化学株式会社 Method for Producing Catalyst for Olefin Polymerization and Ethylene Polymer
US20190135960A1 (en) * 2017-11-07 2019-05-09 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. Process to manufacture ethylene interpolymer products
US10683376B2 (en) * 2017-11-07 2020-06-16 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. Manufacturing ethylene interpolymer products at higher production rate
US10995166B2 (en) * 2017-11-07 2021-05-04 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. Ethylene interpolymer products and films
WO2019096745A1 (en) * 2017-11-17 2019-05-23 Total Research & Technology Feluy Polyethylene resin and caps or closures made therefrom
CA3022700A1 (en) 2017-11-27 2019-05-27 Nova Chemicals Corporation Bottle closure assembly comprising a polyethylene composition having good dimensional stability
CA3022996A1 (en) 2017-12-04 2019-06-04 Nova Chemicals Corporation Bottle closure assembly comprising a polyethylene composition
CA3024024A1 (en) * 2017-12-19 2019-06-19 Nova Chemicals Corporation Bottle closure assembly comprising a high density polyethylene
CA3023423A1 (en) * 2017-12-19 2019-06-19 Nova Chemicals Corporation Bottle closure assembly comprising a polyethylene homopolymer composition
KR102656043B1 (en) * 2017-12-26 2024-04-12 다우 글로벌 테크놀로지스 엘엘씨 Compositions with multimodal ethylene-based polymers with improved toughness at low temperatures
CN111479832B (en) * 2017-12-26 2024-03-15 陶氏环球技术有限责任公司 Dual reactor solution process for producing multimodal ethylene polymer
KR102663559B1 (en) 2017-12-26 2024-05-20 다우 글로벌 테크놀로지스 엘엘씨 Multimodal ethylene-based polymer processing systems and methods
EP3732216B1 (en) 2017-12-26 2023-04-19 Dow Global Technologies LLC Process for the production of multimodal ethylene-based polymers
EP3732213B1 (en) * 2017-12-26 2022-01-12 Dow Global Technologies LLC Multimodal ethylene-based polymer compositions having improved toughness
SG11202005779SA (en) * 2017-12-26 2020-07-29 Dow Global Technologies Llc Compositions comprising multimodal ethylene based polymers and low density polyethylene (ldpe)
CN110109913B (en) * 2018-01-15 2021-05-04 北京比特大陆科技有限公司 Hardware implementation method and device of zerocase mining algorithm
BR112020018241B1 (en) 2018-03-08 2024-04-30 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. MULTIPLE LAYER FILMS
JP2021104579A (en) * 2018-04-06 2021-07-26 株式会社クラレ Geomembrane, and landfill sheet and radon barrier film using the same
KR102571139B1 (en) 2018-06-08 2023-08-28 사빅 에스케이 넥슬렌 컴퍼니 피티이 엘티디 Ethylene polymer mixture, process for producing the same, and a molded article using the same
CA3009291A1 (en) 2018-06-26 2019-12-26 Nova Chemicals Corporation Multistage catalyst injection system for an olefin polymerization reactor
CA3009299A1 (en) 2018-06-26 2019-12-26 Nova Chemicals Corporation Catalyst injection system for an olefin polymerization reactor
US12103730B2 (en) * 2018-06-29 2024-10-01 Midland Compounding & Consulting, Inc. Recyclable abrasion resistant dunnage tray
CA3011030A1 (en) 2018-07-11 2020-01-11 Nova Chemicals Corporation Polyethylene composition and film having retained dart impact
CA3011038A1 (en) 2018-07-11 2020-01-11 Nova Chemicals Corporation Polyethylene composition and film having a good permeability, stiffness and sealability
CA3011050A1 (en) 2018-07-11 2020-01-11 Nova Chemicals Corporation Polyethylene composition and film having high stiffness, outstanding sealability and high permeability
CA3011031A1 (en) 2018-07-11 2020-01-11 Nova Chemicals Corporation Polyethylene composition and film having outstanding properties
CA3011041A1 (en) 2018-07-11 2020-01-11 Nova Chemicals Corporation Polyethylene composition and film
CA3053597A1 (en) * 2018-09-10 2020-03-10 Nova Chemicals Corporation Recycable package with fitment
CA3020771A1 (en) 2018-10-16 2020-04-16 Nova Chemicals Corporation Ethylene-cyclic mono olefin copolymerizations
CA3026098A1 (en) 2018-12-03 2020-06-03 Nova Chemicals Corporation Narrow polyethylene homopolymer compositions having good barrier properties
CA3026095A1 (en) * 2018-12-03 2020-06-03 Nova Chemicals Corporation Polyethylene homopolymer compositions having good barrier properties
US20220024190A1 (en) 2018-12-18 2022-01-27 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. Multilayer films
CN109651685B (en) * 2018-12-24 2021-08-17 金旸(厦门)新材料科技有限公司 Special fluorescent material for rotational molding and preparation method thereof
CA3032082A1 (en) * 2019-01-31 2020-07-31 Nova Chemicals Corporation Polyethylene compositions and articles with good barrier properties
CN113366038B (en) * 2019-02-01 2024-01-12 博里利斯股份公司 Bimodal terpolymers
CA3128328A1 (en) 2019-03-07 2020-09-10 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. Devolatilization of plastomer pellets
US20220118750A1 (en) * 2019-03-26 2022-04-21 Dow Global Technologies Llc Multilayer films, laminates, and articles comprising multilayer films
EP3999581A1 (en) * 2019-07-17 2022-05-25 Borealis AG Process for producing a polymer composition
US11046843B2 (en) * 2019-07-29 2021-06-29 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. Ethylene copolymers and films with excellent sealing properties
US11286379B2 (en) 2019-10-08 2022-03-29 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. Flexible rotationally molded article
WO2021084416A1 (en) 2019-11-01 2021-05-06 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. Linear high-density polyethylene with high toughness and high escr
MX2022008210A (en) * 2020-01-17 2022-08-04 Nova Chem Int Sa Polyethylene copolymer compositions and articles with barrier properties.
EP4121289A1 (en) 2020-03-19 2023-01-25 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. Multilayer film structure
MX2022012176A (en) 2020-04-20 2022-10-27 Nova Chem Int Sa Rotomolding compositions with low relative elasticity.
WO2021229358A1 (en) 2020-05-13 2021-11-18 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. Ethylene interpolymer product and films thereof
CN113845612B (en) * 2020-06-28 2023-02-28 中国石油天然气股份有限公司 Preparation method of main catalyst, catalyst and application thereof
KR20230078995A (en) * 2020-06-30 2023-06-05 다우 글로벌 테크놀로지스 엘엘씨 polyethylene composition
CN116171301A (en) * 2020-06-30 2023-05-26 陶氏环球技术有限责任公司 Polyethylene composition and film comprising the same
US11560468B2 (en) 2020-10-01 2023-01-24 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. Thermoformable film
US11643531B2 (en) * 2020-10-01 2023-05-09 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. Thermoformable film
CA3199328A1 (en) 2020-12-11 2022-06-16 Nova Chemicals Corporation Low crystallinity ethylene-vinylcyclohexane copolymers
US20230416429A1 (en) 2020-12-11 2023-12-28 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. High crystallinity ethylene-vinylcyclohexane copolymers
JP2024507555A (en) 2021-02-24 2024-02-20 ノバ ケミカルズ(インターナショナル)ソシエテ アノニム Bimodal polyethylene composition
BR112023018965A2 (en) 2021-03-19 2023-10-17 Nova Chem Int Sa HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE COMPOSITION
WO2023081577A1 (en) 2021-11-02 2023-05-11 Exxonmobil Chemical Patents Inc. Polyethylene compositions, articles thereof, and methods thereof
WO2023119099A1 (en) 2021-12-20 2023-06-29 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. DEVOLATILIZATION OF ETHYLENE/α-OLEFIN COPOLYMER PELLETS
CA3240796A1 (en) 2022-01-20 2023-07-27 Nova Chemicals Corporation Method to improve the optical properties of ethylene copolymer compositions
MX2024010013A (en) 2022-03-22 2024-08-22 Nova Chemicals Int S A Organometallic complex, olefin polymerization catalyst system and polymerization process.
CN114957530B (en) * 2022-06-28 2023-09-29 杭州双安科技有限公司 Solution polymerization method of ethylene and alpha-olefin
WO2024147973A1 (en) * 2023-01-03 2024-07-11 Dow Global Technologies Llc Direct ethylene injection for dual reactor solution process

Family Cites Families (141)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2302305A1 (en) 1975-02-28 1976-09-24 Charbonnages Ste Chimique PERFECTED PROCESS OF POLYMERIZATION AND COPOLYM
JPS5357195A (en) * 1976-11-05 1978-05-24 Asahi Chem Ind Co Ltd Olefin polymerization catalyst
JPS5783538A (en) 1980-11-12 1982-05-25 Kyowa Chem Ind Co Ltd Polyolefin composition and agent thereof
CA1177188A (en) * 1980-12-11 1984-10-30 Michael A. Corwin Anti-gel compound for extrusion of ziegler-natta catalyzed olefin polymers
US4349648A (en) * 1981-07-31 1982-09-14 Union Carbide Corporation Catalyst composition for copolymerizing ethylene
IT1169291B (en) * 1981-12-24 1987-05-27 Montedison Spa CATALYST COMPONENTS FOR THE POLYMERIZATION OF ETHYLENE AND ITS MIXTURES WITH OLEFINS AND ITS CATALYSTS OBTAINED FROM THEM
AU608787B2 (en) * 1983-06-15 1991-04-18 Exxon Research And Engineering Company Narrow mwd alpha-olefin copolymers
GB8610126D0 (en) 1986-04-25 1986-05-29 Du Pont Canada Isopropanolamines
US4731438A (en) 1986-12-30 1988-03-15 Union Carbide Corporation Water treatment method for resin in a purge vessel
US5027818A (en) 1987-12-03 1991-07-02 University Of Florida Dosimetric technique for stereotactic radiosurgery same
US5382630A (en) 1988-09-30 1995-01-17 Exxon Chemical Patents Inc. Linear ethylene interpolymer blends of interpolymers having narrow molecular weight and composition distribution
US5382631A (en) 1988-09-30 1995-01-17 Exxon Chemical Patents Inc. Linear ethylene interpolymer blends of interpolymers having narrow molecular weight and composition distributions
JPH04503963A (en) * 1988-12-07 1992-07-16 エクソン・ケミカル・パテンツ・インク Functionalized α-olefin copolymers with narrow molecular weight distribution
US6025448A (en) 1989-08-31 2000-02-15 The Dow Chemical Company Gas phase polymerization of olefins
JP2781245B2 (en) * 1990-02-13 1998-07-30 三井化学株式会社 Method for producing ethylene polymer composition
TW206240B (en) 1990-02-13 1993-05-21 Mitsui Petroleum Chemicals Ind
US5519091A (en) 1990-02-13 1996-05-21 Mitsui Petrochemical Industries, Ltd. Method for the preparation of ethylene polymer compositions
JP2755800B2 (en) * 1990-02-22 1998-05-25 滋 山本 Polymer materials suitable for electrical insulation, etc.
US5525695A (en) 1991-10-15 1996-06-11 The Dow Chemical Company Elastic linear interpolymers
US6316549B1 (en) 1991-10-15 2001-11-13 The Dow Chemical Company Ethylene polymer fiber made from ethylene polymer blends
US5674342A (en) 1991-10-15 1997-10-07 The Dow Chemical Company High drawdown extrusion composition and process
US5677383A (en) 1991-10-15 1997-10-14 The Dow Chemical Company Fabricated articles made from ethylene polymer blends
US5278272A (en) 1991-10-15 1994-01-11 The Dow Chemical Company Elastic substantialy linear olefin polymers
US5847053A (en) 1991-10-15 1998-12-08 The Dow Chemical Company Ethylene polymer film made from ethylene polymer blends
US5783638A (en) 1991-10-15 1998-07-21 The Dow Chemical Company Elastic substantially linear ethylene polymers
US5206075A (en) 1991-12-19 1993-04-27 Exxon Chemical Patents Inc. Sealable polyolefin films containing very low density ethylene copolymers
JP3157163B2 (en) 1991-12-30 2001-04-16 ザ・ダウ・ケミカル・カンパニー Polymerization of ethylene interpolymer
US5530065A (en) 1992-01-07 1996-06-25 Exxon Chemical Patents Inc. Heat sealable films and articles made therefrom
TW279872B (en) * 1992-05-29 1996-07-01 Sumitomo Chemical Co
BE1006439A3 (en) 1992-12-21 1994-08-30 Solvay Societe Annonyme Method for preparing a composition of polymers of ethylene, polymer composition and use of ethylene.
US6448341B1 (en) 1993-01-29 2002-09-10 The Dow Chemical Company Ethylene interpolymer blend compositions
PT681592E (en) * 1993-01-29 2001-01-31 Dow Chemical Co ETHYLENE INTERPOLIMERIZATIONS
CZ283095A3 (en) * 1993-04-28 1996-05-15 Dow Chemical Co Ethylene polymer compositions and articles produced from ethylene polymer mixtures
EP0877051B1 (en) 1993-05-13 2004-12-22 ExxonMobil Chemical Patents Inc. Ethylene copolymers having narrow composition distribution, their production and use
US5408004A (en) 1993-08-17 1995-04-18 The Dow Chemical Company Polyolefin blends and their solid state processing
DE69412279T3 (en) * 1993-11-12 2004-08-26 Exxon Chemical Patents, Inc., Baytown HOT SEALABLE FILMS AND ITEMS MADE THEREOF
JP3470393B2 (en) * 1994-06-20 2003-11-25 東ソー株式会社 Method for producing ethylene / α-olefin copolymer
JP3404431B2 (en) * 1994-07-04 2003-05-06 富士機械製造株式会社 Electronic component supply cartridge and electronic component supply / extraction device
JP3082616B2 (en) * 1994-07-08 2000-08-28 ジェイエスアール株式会社 Method for producing thermoplastic polymer
US5773106A (en) 1994-10-21 1998-06-30 The Dow Chemical Company Polyolefin compositions exhibiting heat resistivity, low hexane-extractives and controlled modulus
US7153909B2 (en) 1994-11-17 2006-12-26 Dow Global Technologies Inc. High density ethylene homopolymers and blend compositions
US5539337A (en) 1994-12-30 1996-07-23 Intel Corporation Clock noise filter for integrated circuits
DE19510310A1 (en) 1995-03-22 1996-09-26 Eberspaecher J Transom-post connection, especially in glass facade construction
US5869575A (en) 1995-08-02 1999-02-09 The Dow Chemical Company Ethylene interpolymerizations
US6723398B1 (en) 1999-11-01 2004-04-20 Dow Global Technologies Inc. Polymer blend and fabricated article made from diverse ethylene interpolymers
CA2188722A1 (en) 1995-10-26 1997-04-27 George Norris Foster Process for preparing an in situ polyethylene blend
JPH09309926A (en) 1996-05-17 1997-12-02 Dow Chem Co:The Production of ethylene copolymer
ATE218599T1 (en) 1996-11-13 2002-06-15 Dow Chemical Co SHRINK FILM HAVING BALANCED PROPERTIES OR IMPROVED TOUGHNESS AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING SAME
US6812289B2 (en) 1996-12-12 2004-11-02 Dow Global Technologies Inc. Cast stretch film of interpolymer compositions
WO1998026000A1 (en) * 1996-12-12 1998-06-18 The Dow Chemical Company Interpolymer compositions and cast stretch film therefrom
CA2201224C (en) * 1997-03-27 2004-12-07 Annette Lynn Burke Dual shear mixing element
GB9712663D0 (en) 1997-06-16 1997-08-20 Borealis As Process
US6416833B1 (en) 1997-08-22 2002-07-09 Dupont Canada Inc. Interpolymer film pouch
US6441116B1 (en) 1997-09-03 2002-08-27 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Ethylenic copolymer, composition containing said copolymer, and ethylenic copolymer film
HUP0004649A3 (en) 1997-09-19 2001-07-30 Dow Chemical Co Narrow mwd, compositionally optimized ethylene interpolymer composition, process for making the same and article made therefrom
EP0905153B1 (en) 1997-09-27 2004-03-31 ATOFINA Research Production of polyethylene having a broad molecular weight distribution
EP0905151A1 (en) 1997-09-27 1999-03-31 Fina Research S.A. Production of polyethylene having a broad molecular weight distribution
US6189730B1 (en) * 1997-10-14 2001-02-20 Mcclymonds Arnold J. Wet towelette and dry towel dispenser apparatus
WO1999033913A1 (en) 1997-12-31 1999-07-08 Shell Oil Company Easy-open packaging
CA2227674C (en) 1998-01-21 2007-04-24 Stephen John Brown Catalyst deactivation
ES2198098T3 (en) 1998-03-09 2004-01-16 Basell Poliolefine Italia S.P.A. MULTIETAPE PROCEDURE FOR POLYMERIZATION OF OLEFINS.
MXPA00008941A (en) 1998-03-12 2002-06-04 Bp Chem Int Ltd Polymerisation catalysts.
GB9806407D0 (en) 1998-03-25 1998-05-20 Bp Chem Int Ltd Novel polymer compositions
US7906451B2 (en) 1998-03-30 2011-03-15 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Mixed polymerization catalyst component for polymerizing olefins
DE19833858C2 (en) 1998-07-28 2000-06-08 Elenac Gmbh Low-odor polyethylene blends
CA2245375C (en) * 1998-08-19 2006-08-15 Nova Chemicals Ltd. Dual reactor polyethylene process using a phosphinimine catalyst
AU5806599A (en) 1998-09-04 2000-03-27 Dow Chemical Company, The Long chain branched ethylene homopolymer made by a slurry process and blends thereof
CA2247703C (en) 1998-09-22 2007-04-17 Nova Chemicals Ltd. Dual reactor ethylene polymerization process
EP0989140A1 (en) 1998-09-25 2000-03-29 Fina Research S.A. Production of multimodal polyethylene
EP0989141A1 (en) 1998-09-25 2000-03-29 Fina Research S.A. Production of multimodal polyethelene
KR100380000B1 (en) 1998-10-23 2003-04-18 미쓰이 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Ethylene copolymer and process for producing the same, resin composition containing the copolymer, and uses of these
CA2256225A1 (en) * 1998-12-16 2000-06-16 Nova Chemicals Ltd. Rotomolding resin
EP1041113A1 (en) 1999-03-30 2000-10-04 Fina Research S.A. Polyolefins and uses thereof
US6127484A (en) * 1999-04-29 2000-10-03 Equistar Chemicals, Lp Olefin polymerization process
AU5215899A (en) 1999-07-15 2001-02-05 Dow Chemical Company, The High density ethylene homopolymers and blend compositions
TW495527B (en) 1999-07-30 2002-07-21 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ethylene polymer and resin composition for producing cast film, and process for producing cast film
US6218472B1 (en) 1999-09-24 2001-04-17 Fina Research, S.A. Production of multimodal polyethylene
ATE282645T1 (en) 1999-09-29 2004-12-15 Du Pont PRODUCTION OF POLYETHYLENE
US6388017B1 (en) 2000-05-24 2002-05-14 Phillips Petroleum Company Process for producing a polymer composition
US7125933B2 (en) 2000-06-22 2006-10-24 Univation Technologies, Llc Very low density polyethylene blends
US6403717B1 (en) 2000-07-12 2002-06-11 Univation Technologies, Llc Ethylene inter-polymer blends
DE60131019T2 (en) * 2000-12-04 2008-07-17 Univaton Technologies, LLC, Houston Polymerization
MY137183A (en) 2001-03-16 2009-01-30 Dow Global Technologies Inc Method of making interpolymers and products made therefrom
US6723677B1 (en) * 2001-06-25 2004-04-20 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. High activity ziegler-natta catalyst for high molecular weight polyolefins
ES2232767T3 (en) 2001-08-31 2005-06-01 Dow Global Technologies Inc. MULTIMODAL POLYETHYLENE MATERIAL.
EP1304353A1 (en) 2001-10-18 2003-04-23 Atofina Research S.A. Physical blends of polyethylenes
JP2005511804A (en) 2001-11-30 2005-04-28 エクソンモービル・ケミカル・パテンツ・インク Ethylene / α-olefin copolymers produced using non-single site catalyst / single site catalyst combinations and their production and use
EP1319685A1 (en) 2001-12-14 2003-06-18 ATOFINA Research Physical blends of polyethylenes
US6649694B2 (en) * 2001-12-21 2003-11-18 Eastman Chemical Company Process for producing ethylene-α-olefin interpolymer films
US6730751B2 (en) 2002-07-16 2004-05-04 Fina Technology, Inc. Polymerization of polyethylene having high molecular weight
EP1546254B1 (en) 2002-09-23 2007-11-21 Dow Global Technologies Inc. Polymer compositions for extrusion coating
BR0314857A (en) 2002-10-01 2005-08-02 Exxonmobil Chemical Patentes I Rotational Molding Polyethylene Compositions
CA2411183C (en) * 2002-11-05 2011-06-14 Nova Chemicals Corporation Heterogeneous/homogeneous copolymer
US6949612B2 (en) * 2002-12-31 2005-09-27 Univation Technologies, Llc Processes for transitioning between metallocene and Ziegler-Natta polymerization catalysts
ES2606780T3 (en) 2003-06-10 2017-03-27 Dow Global Technologies Llc Film layers produced from polymer blends of ethylene
US6828395B1 (en) 2003-10-15 2004-12-07 Univation Technologies, Llc Polymerization process and control of polymer composition properties
US7671106B2 (en) * 2004-03-17 2010-03-02 Dow Global Technologies Inc. Cap liners, closures and gaskets from multi-block polymers
US7514504B2 (en) 2004-04-01 2009-04-07 Fina Technology, Inc. Polyethylene blends with good contact transparency
US6988022B2 (en) 2004-04-13 2006-01-17 Univation Technologies, Llc Method for online estimation of reactor split for multimodal polyolefins
US7230054B2 (en) 2004-06-29 2007-06-12 Equistar Chemicals, Lp Polymer resins with improved environmental stress crack resistance
US7193017B2 (en) 2004-08-13 2007-03-20 Univation Technologies, Llc High strength biomodal polyethylene compositions
US7432328B2 (en) 2005-06-14 2008-10-07 Univation Technologies, Llc Enhanced ESCR bimodal HDPE for blow molding applications
US7868092B2 (en) 2005-06-14 2011-01-11 Univation Technologies, Llc Bimodal polyethylene compositions for blow molding applications
GB0423555D0 (en) 2004-10-22 2004-11-24 Borealis Tech Oy Process
ES2276211T3 (en) 2004-11-03 2007-06-16 Borealis Technology Oy COMPOSITION OF POLYMERS FOR INJECTION MOLDING.
US7439306B2 (en) 2004-11-23 2008-10-21 Exxonmobil Chemical Patents Inc. Polyethylene blends with improved Vicat softening point
US7858702B2 (en) 2005-06-14 2010-12-28 Univation Technologies, Llc Enhanced ESCR bimodal HDPE for blow molding applications
US20070010626A1 (en) 2005-07-11 2007-01-11 Shankernarayanan Manivakkam J Polyethylene compositions
JP5055805B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2012-10-24 住友化学株式会社 Ethylene-α-olefin copolymer, resin composition and film
WO2007045415A1 (en) 2005-10-21 2007-04-26 Borealis Technology Oy Composition
WO2007060115A1 (en) 2005-11-28 2007-05-31 Basell Polyolefine Gmbh Polyethylene composition suitable for the preparation of films and process for preparing the same
WO2007113213A1 (en) * 2006-03-30 2007-10-11 Total Petrochemicals Research Feluy Slurry polymerisation process of ethylene in the presence of low amount of scavenger.
WO2008077530A2 (en) * 2006-12-22 2008-07-03 Basell Polyolefine Gmbh Multimodal polyethylene composition, mixed catalyst and process for preparing the composition
EP1961777A1 (en) 2007-02-26 2008-08-27 Borealis Technology Oy Polyolefin homo- or copolymer with decreased shrinkage sensivity and improved crystallization behavior
JP2009001780A (en) 2007-05-18 2009-01-08 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Ethylene polymer composition and film
US8475898B2 (en) 2007-08-29 2013-07-02 Equistar Chemicals, Lp Polyolefin resin blends for crack-resistant pipe
KR101141494B1 (en) 2007-09-05 2012-05-03 에스케이이노베이션 주식회사 Ethylene copolymer having multiple pitch in molecular weight distribution and the method of preparing the same
EP2042292B1 (en) 2007-09-28 2011-01-05 Borealis Technology Oy Composition
GB0802550D0 (en) 2008-02-12 2008-03-19 Ineos Mfg Belguim Nv Polymers and articles thereof
US8410217B2 (en) 2008-12-15 2013-04-02 Exxonmobil Chemical Patents Inc. Thermoplastic polyolefin blends
US8101685B2 (en) 2008-12-15 2012-01-24 Exxonmobil Chemical Patents Inc. Thermoplastic elastomer polyolefin in-reactor blends and molded articles therefrom
BRPI0904979A2 (en) * 2009-12-04 2011-07-19 Braskem Sa process for producing olefins, olefins, polyolefins, and use of polyolefins
CN102770463B (en) 2009-12-18 2014-07-02 道达尔石油化学产品研究弗吕公司 Method for replacing incompatible ethylene polymerization catalysts
US8609791B2 (en) 2009-12-18 2013-12-17 Total Research & Technology Feluy Method for replacing compatible ethylene polymerization catalysts
WO2011092266A1 (en) 2010-01-29 2011-08-04 Borealis Ag Improving homogeneity in polyethylene blends
WO2011129956A1 (en) 2010-04-13 2011-10-20 Univation Technologies, Llc Polymer blends and films made therefrom
WO2012004422A1 (en) 2010-07-06 2012-01-12 Dow Global Technologies Llc Ethylene polymer blends and oriented articles with improved shrink resistance
CA2724943A1 (en) * 2010-12-10 2012-06-10 Nova Chemicals Corporation Catalyst activation in a dual reactor process
EP2675844B1 (en) 2011-02-15 2017-10-11 ExxonMobil Chemical Patents Inc. Thermoplastic polyolefin blends
WO2012119956A1 (en) 2011-03-04 2012-09-13 Total Research & Technology Feluy Method of preparing pelleted polyethylene products
PL2681273T3 (en) 2011-03-04 2018-01-31 Total Res & Technology Feluy Process for preparing polyethylene blend comprising metallocene produced resins and ziegler-natta produced resins
WO2012134700A2 (en) * 2011-03-28 2012-10-04 Dow Global Technologies Llc Process to produce enhanced melt strength ethylene/alpha-olefin copolymers and articles thereof
WO2012133717A1 (en) 2011-03-30 2012-10-04 日本ポリエチレン株式会社 Ethylene-based polymer, polyethylene resin composition and use thereof, catalyst ingredient for olefin polymerization, catalyst for olefin polymerization containing said ingredient, and process for producing ethylene-based polymer using said catalyst
MX354789B (en) 2011-07-08 2018-03-21 Dow Global Technologies Llc Polyethylene blend composition suitable for blown film, method of producing the same, and films made therefrom.
CA2752407C (en) * 2011-09-19 2018-12-04 Nova Chemicals Corporation Polyethylene compositions and closures for bottles
US8859094B2 (en) * 2012-11-09 2014-10-14 The Procter & Gamble Company Combination of elastomeric film composition and adhesive for a stretch laminate
CN106470838B (en) * 2014-06-26 2019-05-17 陶氏环球技术有限责任公司 Casting films with improved toughness
CA2868640C (en) * 2014-10-21 2021-10-26 Nova Chemicals Corporation Solution polymerization process
WO2016063205A2 (en) * 2014-10-21 2016-04-28 Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. Dilution index
EP3215749B1 (en) * 2014-11-04 2019-10-02 Inter IKEA Systems B.V. Fastening device for a furniture panel
KR102479999B1 (en) * 2015-09-11 2022-12-22 삼성전자주식회사 Package substrate

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2962281C (en) 2023-03-14
BR112017008287B1 (en) 2021-12-28
ES2894954T3 (en) 2022-02-16
JP6559234B2 (en) 2019-08-14
US20170044357A1 (en) 2017-02-16
KR20170073662A (en) 2017-06-28
CN107075025A (en) 2017-08-18
US9518159B2 (en) 2016-12-13
US10626256B2 (en) 2020-04-21
US11078351B2 (en) 2021-08-03
US20180186981A1 (en) 2018-07-05
ES2954858T3 (en) 2023-11-27
MX2017004881A (en) 2017-07-05
US10023730B2 (en) 2018-07-17
KR20170071596A (en) 2017-06-23
US10040928B2 (en) 2018-08-07
KR102433498B1 (en) 2022-08-18
JP2017535636A (en) 2017-11-30
KR102504603B1 (en) 2023-02-28
CA2909093A1 (en) 2016-04-21
BR112017008262B1 (en) 2022-04-19
WO2016063164A3 (en) 2016-07-07
CA2962281A1 (en) 2016-04-28
JP2019108553A (en) 2019-07-04
US10035906B2 (en) 2018-07-31
TW201627378A (en) 2016-08-01
CA2909096A1 (en) 2016-04-21
US20160229964A1 (en) 2016-08-11
TW201630943A (en) 2016-09-01
US11142634B2 (en) 2021-10-12
EP3209720B1 (en) 2023-06-14
BR112017008229A2 (en) 2017-12-26
BR112017008287A2 (en) 2017-12-19
US9695309B2 (en) 2017-07-04
US20160108222A1 (en) 2016-04-21
US20190241724A1 (en) 2019-08-08
US20170037228A1 (en) 2017-02-09
CN107074995B (en) 2018-12-14
CA2868640C (en) 2021-10-26
KR20170073661A (en) 2017-06-28
EP3209720A2 (en) 2017-08-30
CN107075026B (en) 2021-02-19
CA2909110A1 (en) 2016-04-21
KR102525155B1 (en) 2023-04-21
US20160108186A1 (en) 2016-04-21
CN107074995A (en) 2017-08-18
US20170073482A1 (en) 2017-03-16
US20160229996A1 (en) 2016-08-11
US20160108221A1 (en) 2016-04-21
US20170037233A1 (en) 2017-02-09
KR20220107071A (en) 2022-08-01
CA2909116A1 (en) 2016-04-21
US10053565B2 (en) 2018-08-21
US20160108218A1 (en) 2016-04-21
JP6813610B2 (en) 2021-01-13
US20200165422A1 (en) 2020-05-28
US10954365B2 (en) 2021-03-23
US20160108223A1 (en) 2016-04-21
US10053564B2 (en) 2018-08-21
CA2909093C (en) 2022-09-06
JP2017531724A (en) 2017-10-26
US10000630B2 (en) 2018-06-19
EP3209720C0 (en) 2023-06-14
US20170037230A1 (en) 2017-02-09
US9505893B2 (en) 2016-11-29
CA2962113C (en) 2022-09-06
US9505892B2 (en) 2016-11-29
BR112017008229B1 (en) 2022-05-24
KR102478107B1 (en) 2022-12-15
CN107075025B (en) 2021-04-02
JP6571768B2 (en) 2019-09-04
WO2016063164A2 (en) 2016-04-28
CA2962113A1 (en) 2016-04-28
US20160108196A1 (en) 2016-04-21
MX2017004284A (en) 2017-06-26
US10023729B2 (en) 2018-07-17
JP2017531725A (en) 2017-10-26
BR112017008262A2 (en) 2017-12-19
US9512282B2 (en) 2016-12-06
CN107075026A (en) 2017-08-18
CA2909096C (en) 2022-09-20
MX2017004283A (en) 2017-06-06
CA2868640A1 (en) 2016-04-21
TW201629104A (en) 2016-08-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10954365B2 (en) Dilution index
US10577491B2 (en) Dilution index
EP3209721B1 (en) Continuous solution polymerization process
WO2018193375A1 (en) Means for increasing the molecular weight and decreasing the density of ethylene interpolymers employing homogeneous and heterogeneous catalyst formulations

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: NOVA CHEMICALS (INTERNATIONAL) S.A., SWITZERLAND

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:MOLLOY, BRIAN;GOYAL, SHIVENDRA;SALOMONS, STEPHEN;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20190228 TO 20190304;REEL/FRAME:048893/0724

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: ENTITY STATUS SET TO UNDISCOUNTED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: BIG.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: PETITION RELATED TO MAINTENANCE FEES GRANTED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: PTGR); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE AFTER FINAL ACTION FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NOTICE OF ALLOWANCE MAILED -- APPLICATION RECEIVED IN OFFICE OF PUBLICATIONS

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE

MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 4